Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations...

200
Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets by Andreas Hoffbauer A thesis submitted in conformity with the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Department of Sociology University of Toronto © Copyright by Andreas Hoffbauer 2018

Transcript of Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations...

Page 1: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets

by

Andreas Hoffbauer

A thesis submitted in conformity with the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy

Department of Sociology University of Toronto

© Copyright by Andreas Hoffbauer 2018

Page 2: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

ii

Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual

Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets

Andreas Hoffbauer

Doctor of Philosophy

Department of Sociology University of Toronto

2018

Abstract

Almost every contemporary organization operating in competitive markets is pressed to come up

with novel concepts that create new experiences or meaningfully transform product typologies.

For most organizations, this is a quest for survival and continued relevance in rapidly changing

markets. The intuitive solution is “act,” more like a startup, playing fast and loose to disrupt

established rules and conventions. Research shows however that the entrepreneurial mindset is

short lived, giving way to the routines and structures that founders initially rebelled against, as

companies scale and persist over time. More often than not, this leads organizations to exploit,

disproportionally, existing knowledge at the cost of exploring for new ideas and ways of solving

problems. This raises a fundamental question: how can creative organizations, whose value and

vitality are derived from consistently generating novel concepts, do so reliably and over time,

without becoming predictable in their output? My research, based on a yearlong ethnographic

study at a world renowned architectural firm in New York City and interviews with designers

across the United States, points to the criticality of project-based organizational structures, which

serve as the framework for balancing the twin tasks of learning between projects and unlearning

within projects — which is vital to productively breaking with past experiences and expectations.

This organizational typology is in many instances necessary to drive innovation within a

Page 3: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

iii

company, however not sufficient to explain its continuation and nonconformity with past

outputs. I argue that it is the presence of company specific predispositions to ways or modes of

responding to situations, and not particular acts, that enables highly innovative organizations to

continually move forward explorations into the unknown, to generate genuinely novel concepts. I

argue that to successfully drive continual innovation, three distinct areas of a creative-project

based organization’s approach rely on predispositions for moving forward explorations,

including team coordination, exploration, and constructing ideas.

Page 4: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

iv

Acknowledgments First and foremost, I must thank my best friend and wife Tammy, whose support and

encouragement pushed me to complete this dissertation. My thanks also go to Erik Schneiderhan,

Daniel Silver, and Clayton Childress, whose mentorship, both intellectual and professional,

supported the development and execution of this research. I will forever be indebted to my

research participants who opened up to me in a way I could never have expected. My thanks also

go to the incredible mentors, friends, and colleges who have challenged, encouraged, and

believed in me along the way.

Page 5: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

v

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments ................................................................................................................... iv

Table of Contents ......................................................................................................................v

List of Tables .......................................................................................................................... vii

List of Figures........................................................................................................................ viii

INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................................1 1.1 The Sociology of Discovery and Organizations .................................................................... 4

1.1.1 The Balancing Act: Exploration Versus Exploitation .......................................................... 8 1.1.2 Maintaining The Balance Over Time and Between Projects ................................................ 8 1.1.3 Foundations of Exploration: Kicking Off a Project .............................................................. 9 1.1.4 Advancing Knowledge: Venturing Into the Unknown ....................................................... 11 1.1.5 Gathering the Raw Creative Material: Foundations for Innovation .................................... 13

1.2 Implications: Why Mechanisms Matter for Innovation .................................................... 18 1.3 Joining The Studio .............................................................................................................. 20

1.3.1 OAE: Office of Architectural Exploration ......................................................................... 22 1.4 Blueprint: The Outline of My Dissertation ........................................................................ 24

2 TEAM COORDINATION .............................................................................................. 27

2.1 Collaboration: Coordinating Chaos ................................................................................... 30 2.2 Agility: Responding to Change ........................................................................................... 33 2.3 Mutual Monitoring: Mapping Shifting Topographies of Work ........................................ 41 2.4 Distributed Intelligence: Shaping the Direction of Discovery ........................................... 51 2.5 Translation: Conveying the Concept.................................................................................. 59 2.6 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................... 67

3 THE EXPLORATION .................................................................................................... 70 3.1 The Project’s Argument Sequence: Setting In Motion Searchs Into The Unknown ........ 74 3.2 Predilections: Approaching the Puzzle .............................................................................. 78 3.3 Suspending Disbelief: Breaking with the Familiar and Predictable ................................. 85 3.4 Design Principles: The Framework for Transformation ................................................... 92 3.5 Genealogy Of Ideas: Progressing Through the Unknown ............................................... 100 3.6 Conclusion ......................................................................................................................... 109

4 THE CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................... 112

Page 6: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

vi

4.1 Construction: The Tools for Developing Novel Ideas ...................................................... 116 4.2 Precedence: Gathering the Raw Creative Material to Start............................................ 120 4.3 Studies: Generating Information to Evolve Concepts ..................................................... 128 4.4 Iteration: Transforming Away from the Origins of a Seed ............................................. 136 4.5 Configuration: Reproducing Signature Styles that Differentiate .................................... 146 4.6 Conclusion ......................................................................................................................... 151

5 CONCLUSION .............................................................................................................. 154

5.1.1 Resolving the Puzzle: Finding a balance ......................................................................... 155 5.2 Who Cares: Why Does Innovation Matter?..................................................................... 156 5.3 Foundations of Exploration: Seeing the World Differently ............................................. 159 5.4 Explaining Consistent Innovation: My Findings ............................................................. 161

5.4.1 Team Coordination ......................................................................................................... 162 5.4.2 Eexploration ................................................................................................................... 164 5.4.3 Constructing Novel Concepts.......................................................................................... 166 5.4.4 A Double-Edged Sword: Enabling and Constraining Innovation ..................................... 169

5.5 The Democratization of Design: Addressing the New Dynamics of Markets ................. 174

Methodological Appendix ..................................................................................................... 178

References.............................................................................................................................. 180

Page 7: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

vii

List of Tables Table 1: OAE Projects ……………………………………………………..….…………31

Table 2: Team Coordination ……………………………………………..………………77

Table 3: Exploration …………………………………………………………………......119

Table 4: Construction ………………….…………………………………………………161

Table 5: Features of Project-Based Organizational Typology …………………………..185

Page 8: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

viii

List of Figures Figure 1: Team Coordination ……………………………………………………………..40

Figure 2: Exploration ……………………………………………………………………..84

Figure 3: Construction ……………………………………………………………………126

Figure 4: Dealing with Uncertainty ..…………………………………………………….178

Figure 5: Dealing with Nested Issues …………………………………………………….180

Figure 6: Introducing Novel Concepts ..………………………………………………….181

Page 9: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

1

INTRODUCTION

Being good in business is the most fascinating kind of art.

- Andy Warhol

What is design? For some, typically consumers, it is an expressive element of something that

either adds or detracts from an experience. While for others, the producers who engage with it

daily, it is an activity. This latter group describes it as:

For us, exploratory. I think it is absolutely about inquiry and exploration. Inquiry is an

important piece because it is asking questions, understanding and digesting information,

problem solving. Exploration because it is a creative endeavor, it is brainstorming, it’s

intuition. The bridging of analysis, what we have called informed intuition, the sense of the

art in architecture, which is not all technical but the need for it to perform in certain ways.

The process is about the marrying of the two, the inquiry and the kind of creative aspiration,

in a very, like, iterative way. It is absolutely about collaboration and iteration. There are a lot

of things it is not, but the process is really important to us, to the degree that we talk more

about process than our work itself. I think that we have gotten better about that but you can’t

really separate them, because it is all really closely knit together.

Partner, Architectural Practice, NYC

I see it as a process. Mostly because I am a strong believer that in the life of design, and this

is going to sound really cheesy, but you know it needs time, like sometimes it happens that

we find an idea today, awesome, great, but tomorrow when you are trying to push it forward

it’s not quite there, and certain things don't work, and it starts growing and growing from the

simple discussion at the beginning whether it is program or what do we want out of the

project or the drawings that we do in the end? It is a really interesting process; it’s like

growing, it’s like a baby or a plant, like it has a life of its own, and that is my favorite part of

it; it’s a journey. It really is, it’s a ride, you really don't know where you are necessarily

Page 10: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

2

going to go, like obviously you are directed, but I think that is how we approach it to a

certain degree, we never approach it, ‘I want to make another white building.’ I don't want to

reiterate something. I want to see where this takes us.

Partner, Boutique Design Practice, NYC

I learned that it is really about questioning. It is really about learning, what are the common

things, questioning the conventional things, and posing something new. I think that is what

architecture is in general, and making it functional and making it useful for a human being. It

totally is a puzzle. As a practice, it’s a puzzle.

Junior Designer, International Architectural Practice, NYC

Questioning, inquiry, exploration, learning, emergence, and venturing into the unknown are

common themes in response to the question: what is design? The enterprise of design, which is

most commonly associated with its aesthetic expression, is also an active endeavor of discovery.

It is an enterprise described by all respondents as deeply guided by a process or approach, which

is paradoxical, given the chaos typically associated with creative acts.

My dissertation, based on a yearlong ethnographic study at a world renowned architectural

firm in New York City and interviews with designers across the United States, is about this

discovery. Not a search with known coordinates, where the challenge is finding an optimal route.

Rather, it is about searching into the unknown, where an endpoint does not exist at the outset of

exploration. Yet it is not about discovery in far off, uncharted territories. I am interested in

discovering new territory within established environments, where the introduction of new

practices and ideas have the potential to disrupt established ways of doing and thinking about

things. A challenge many organizations are tackling in spaces so familiar to us, we assume they

are immutable. Within design, the drive to generate novel concepts extends beyond the

immediacy of monetary gains. As public products that millions of people will potentially interact

with, the drive to introduce novel concepts is about meaningfully transforming the relationships

between individuals and the spaces and objects they interact with. Going beyond addressing

Page 11: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

3

functional requirements, to create new experiences and meanings to enhance a typology or

introduce a new typology altogether.1

In a real estate market seemingly out of new ideas, the Bjarke Ingles Group (BIG) managed

to introduce a new concept for urban living. In 2015, something strange started taking shape on

the bank of the Hudson River in Manhattan. Driving north along the West Side Highway, where

the road sweeps out in a gentle S shape at 56th street, a silver pyramid appears as you make the

turn. Straddling an entire city block, between 57th and 58th Street, the behemoth, extra-terrestrial

like structure, stands in stark contrast to the glass towers that surround it. As you get closer to the

structure, the portal like perforations on its taught skin, start to come into focus. They are

balconies on one of the most anticipated residential high-rise projects in Manhattan. The building

isn’t a pyramid. It's technically a hyperbolic paraboloid that the Danish architectural firm uses to

solve a lot of problems it identified in existing residential typologies in one single form. The

467-foot parabolic pitch and central cutaway combine the efficiency of a courtyard building with

the density of a high-rise. The result, every unit gets a stunning view of the river. By combining

multiple typologies into one, BIG introduced an entirely new concept for urban living.

Adapting to changing markets can be even more challenging, especially when the direction is

unclear. Late last year, a new car design was unveiled to an enthusiastic crowd of onlookers. The

car does not give the driver herculean power at the tap of the peddle, or elegant lines that turn

heads. The anticipation for a glimpse of this industry transforming prototype was nevertheless

palpable in the room. This is not the Geneva or Detroit auto show, where vehicles of this

importance typically are unveiled. The crowds are at the Consumer Electronics Show in Las

Vegas and excited for the very absence of pedals, steering wheel, and for that matter, need for

human engagement altogether. The car on stage is a fully autonomous Ford Fusion Hybrid. “We

will not miss the future like Kodak,” proclaims Ford’s CEO, Mark Fields, as he addresses the

crowd. Ford is once again leading the revolution in mobility by combining previously separate

technologies and cultural perceptions into a new concept, starting with the question of what

mobility and car ownership could mean.

1 See for instance Vidler 1992; Venturi 2002; Tschumi 2001 whose rational for pursuing novel concepts in design echoes this statement.

Page 12: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

4

Like in the two cases above, discovery is about constructing ideas that do not currently exist

either in practice or imagination. In what follows, I focus on how ideas are imagined and

constructed through the transformations that take place when ideas are repurposed, recombined,

and transposed, potentially introducing something genuinely novel as an outcome. Focusing on

design, specifically architecture, communication and industrial, I explain how organizations

construct novel concepts and then recognize their potential value. It is a type of challenge that

extends beyond the borders of the field of design into almost every contemporary organization

operating in competitive markets where there is pressing demand for novel concepts that create

new value. Rather than finding a novel concept and then, over time, gaining increasing efficiency

at bringing the product to market, the kind of organizations I am interested in are required to

bring a completely new product or concept to market, every time, largely because they serve

competing clients who demand market differentiating products or services. Families and

generations of products and services do not exist in these latter kinds of organizations. These can

best be described as entrepreneurial organizations, or creative project-based organizations, that

are constantly seeking to exploit uncertainties in markets, disrupting cultural taken-for-granted

and organizational routines. Fueled by rapidly changing markets, value generation in these

organizations is typically described as chaotic, disorganized, and highly unpredictable. The work

of these organizations stands in stark contrast to those whose value proposition is based on the

optimization and efficiency of delivering a product reliably and predictably to market. To anchor

one line of my research questioning — how do creative firms consistently produce innovative

responses to the challenges they face — I will next review existing explanations.

1.1 THE SOCIOLOGY OF DISCOVERY AND ORGANIZATIONS

There is a long-established association between discovery and collective groups of individuals.

Across the arts (Becker 1974; 1984; Harrison and Rouse 2014; Grazian 2003), sciences (Beunza

and Stark 2002), economics (Padgett 2012; Granovetter 1985), and business (Schumpeter 1934),

creativity is shown to occur in collectives. Creativity is rarely an individual act, even when on

the surface, creators appear to work in isolation (Childress 2017). Alexander (1964) attributes

this to the fact that “the intuitive resolution of contemporary design problems simply lies beyond

a single individual’s integrative grasp” (see also Rittel and Webber 1973; Rittel 1987). In

academic research (Wuchty et al. 2007), as well as medical breakthroughs (Lee et al. 2010),

empirical research demonstrates that both exert greater impacts in their respective domains when

Page 13: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

5

occurring in collectives. Formal organizations provide the structure for the emergence of

innovation (Tushman and Anderson 1986; Nonaka and Takeuchi 1995; Powell et al. 1996;

Hansen 2002; Danneels 2002; Padgett 2012; Burt 2004).

Formal organizations are generally described as systems of coordination and controlled

activities (Meyer and Rowan 1991:41; Nadler and Tushman 1997) that create and transfer

knowledge (Kogut and Zander 1992) on a reoccurring basis (Becker 1974; Martin 2009).

Research stresses that successful learning and innovation within these kinds of organizations is

predicated on the long-term relationships that they foster, which are vital for generating trust

between individuals (Asheim and Cooke 1999; Maskell and Malmberg 1999; Oinas 2000). Trust

is shown to be important when information is complex and unfamiliar (Vedres and Stark 2010;

de Vaan et al. 2015:1153), and especially critical when risk taking is involved or dealing with

unfamiliar information (Uzzi and Spiro 2005). Or when projects require a diverse range of

collaborators, roles and skills that can only be performed “after a certain ‘incubation’ and lead up

period” (Grabher 2002:211). Through continuous interaction, deep stores of organizational

knowledge become embodied in people and embedded in technical systems (Leonard-Barton

1992:116; March 1991:84; Quinn 1985), conventions (Becker 1974:770), schemas (DiMaggio

1997:268; Cerulo 2010), and rules (Vaughan 2002), which are enhanced through systemic

training and staff development (Grahber 2002:211).

Guided by the assumption that breaking out of formal organizational constraints can catalyze

innovation, temporary collectives — working on one off projects — is another popular tactic for

generating innovation (Stark 2009; de Vaan et al. 2015; Ludin and Midler 1998; Van de Van

1986; Becker 1974:770; Grahber 2001). Defined as “a set of diversely skilled people working

together on a complex task over a limited period of time” (Goodman and Goodman 1976:494;

Grahber 2002:207; DeFillippi 1998), each output is unique, search procedures for ideas are

complex, choices among alternative options require experimentation (Faulkner and Anderson

1987:880; DeFillippi and Arthur 1998), and job descriptions are vague (Stark 2009:93; Martin

2013:73; Martin 2009:118-121). These transient characteristics are attributed to the non-routine

nature of temporary project collectives (Faulkner and Anderson 1987:880; Meyerson et al. 1996;

DeFillippi 2001; Swan et al. 2002). Commonly distinguished by their flat reporting structures

(Stark 2009:102), decentralized decision making (Martin 2013:13), collaboration (Stark

2009:97), and intentional loss of control (Leberecht 2013), coordination of work through formal

Page 14: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

6

rules, structures, conventions, hierarchy, and performance audits is generally found to be relaxed

(Faulkner and Anderson 1987:881; Grahber 2002:211; Ekstedt et al. 1990:60; Jarzabkowski et al.

2012). These relaxed conditions reflect what research finds to spur innovation (DeFillippi 2001;

Swan et al. 2002), which is the uncovering of taken-for-granted assumptions and expectations by

shifting our mental gazes (Zerubavel 1997; Becker 1974) through the disruption of established

conventions (Leschziner and Green 2013). Not surprising, permanent organizations with

significant inertia (Hannan and Freeman 1984) attempt to imitate these transient conditions by

building autonomous research and development facilities (Powell et al. 1996), which are often

geographically distant from the main organization (Hiltzik 1999; Smith and Alexander 1988). Or

they enter into joint venture programs with other organizations (Kogut 1991; Windeler and

Sydow 2001) to break out of the constraints imposed by the entrenched practices, rules,

procedures, conventions, and schema of a single formal organization.

When a temporary collective is successful, it is not uncommon for the episodic project

collaboration to transform into something more enduring (Grahber 2002:210). This is the critical

point when a temporary collective turns into a formal organization, at least in ambition. The

disruptive qualities that make temporary collectives highly adept to innovate, also make them

volatile, unpredictable, and prone to break up (DiMaggio and Powell 1991; March 1991).

Introducing a certain degree of systematized coordination (Okhuysen and Bechky 2009; Feldman

and Pentland 2003) and regularized conventions (Becker 1974) dampens the destabilizing

qualities of temporary collectives. The facilitation of coordination within organizations primarily

serves to enable teams to learn within and across projects (Stark 2009:109; Hargadon and

Bechky 2006:486; Walsh and Ungson 1991; Nonaka and Takeuchi 1995). Research shows that

collective learning is only possible, however, through a shared coding scheme (Katz and Kahn

1966; Becker 1974), which facilitates the successful coding, storage, and retrieval of information

from the group’s collective memory (Wegner 1986; Wegner et al. 1991; Arrow 1974; Doeringer

and Piore 1985). By sharing a common stock of knowledge and coding schema organizations can

“generate new applications for existing knowledge” (Kogut and Zander 1992:391), which is

shown to be a fundamental aspect of innovation (Padgett and Powell 2012; Schumpeter 1934;

Latour and Woolgar 1986). Over time, knowledge increasingly becomes stored in an

organization’s procedure, norms, rules, schemas, and form (March 1991:73), leading to the

emergence of organizing principles (Kogut and Zander 1992:384). When coordination

Page 15: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

7

mechanisms between projects are weak or broken, learning closures threaten organization wide

learning, leading to information silos (Hobday 1998; 2000).

Considering permanent organizations and temporary collectives in tandem raises a puzzle:

learning between projects and episodic unlearning within projects are arguably two of the most

potent strategies for generating innovation, but, when combined into a creative project-based

organization, they might cancel each other out. That is, providing project teams within creative

project-based organizations with too much inter-project learning can ruin the ability to break out

of established rules, procedures, conventions and schemas, thereby canceling out the benefits of

both tactics. This might explain why, to date, evidence of disruptive exploration within creative

project-based organizations is mixed — some studies support the notion that unlearning is

possible within these organizations (Stark 2009; de Vaan et al. 2015; Beunza and Stark 2002),

while other studies find that unlearning becomes increasingly less likely as organizational inertia

sets in (Sydow et al. 2004; Grabher 2004). This puzzle raises the fundamental question of how

creative project-based organizations, whose value and vitality are derived from consistently

generating novel concepts, can do so reliably and over time, without becoming predictable in

their output.

To add complexity to this puzzle, March (1991:74) argues “as individuals in the organization

become more knowledgeable, they also become more homogeneous with respect to knowledge.

An equilibrium is reached at which all individuals and the code share the same (not necessarily

accurate) belief with respect to each dimension. The equilibrium is stable.” Yet historical and

contemporary research show that something that is genuinely novel does not already exist in our

current practice or imagination, it must be constructed (Padgett and Powell 2012:1). To advance

knowledge, writes Peirce, we must free ourselves from former perceptions and interpretations

and from the false certainty of the past (Peirce 1933; see also Joas 1996:135; Misak 2013:48).

And instead, as Martin (2009:25) states, stare into a mystery to ask what could be, to construct

something new. Staring into the mystery and trying to discover what lies within is the

fundamental challenge of creative project-based organizations.

Page 16: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

8

1.1.1 THE BALANCING ACT: EXPLORATION VERSUS EXPLOITATION

For organizations to be flexible, empirical evidence shows that a fine balance needs to be struck

between exploration and exploitation (March 1981; 1991; Levitt and March 1988; Levinthal and

March 1981; Levinthal 1997). Exploration, which captures concepts like experimentation, play,

flexibility and discovery, seeks to generate new knowledge. Exploitation, on the other hand,

capitalizing on what has already been learned, through refinement, seeks to generate efficiency

and execution (Lester and Piore 2004; Martin 2009; Martin 2013; Stark 2009). The challenge, as

an organization grows, is balancing the scale. As an organization evolves, research finds “it must

develop organizing principles and a widely held and shared code by which to orchestrate large

numbers of people and, potentially, varied functions” (Kogut and Zander 1992:390;

Jarzakowbowski:909; DiMaggio and Powell 1991; Giddens 1984). This is also shown to push

organizations to tip the scale disproportionately towards the exploitation of existing knowledge

(Lester and Piore 2004: 107), ultimately locking themselves out of markets when they fail to

innovate because they neglected to emphasize exploration (Stark 2009:82/177) by staring into a

mystery and asking what could be rather that what is (Martin 2009).

To date, most theories of creative project-based organizations do not adequately address the

tension of simultaneously balancing learning between projects and unlearning within projects,

particularly over time. Anticipating these issues, researchers have identified a need for both a

richer conceptual understanding of these dynamics (Kaplan and Vakili 2014) and empirical

research (Sydow et al. 2004). This is a point of entry for my project and helps inform the

questions I ask of my data.

1.1.2 MAINTAINING THE BALANCE OVER TIME AND BETWEEN PROJECTS

By exploring the tension between the twin tasks of learning between projects and unlearning

within projects, my research exposes assumptions about work practices within creative project-

based organizations, where the fundamental challenge is constant innovation. Taking the

tensions between organizational learning and project based unlearning seriously, my research

points to the criticality of mechanisms, established from learning across projects, to enable

unlearning within projects — which is fundamental to innovation. “Composed of chains or

aggregations of actors confronting situations and mobilizing more or less habitual responses,”

Page 17: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

9

mechanisms are defined as the habitually conditioned responses of actors to these situations. Yet

there is always the “the possibility, greater in some circumstances than others, that a novel way

of responding to a problem could emerge” (Gross 2009:368-369; see also Giddens 1984).2 I use

mechanisms, like Dewey, to represent a non-teleological interpretation of the intentionality of

action, where habits represent “acquired predisposition[s] to ways or modes of response, not to

particular acts” (Joas 1996, see also Schneiderhan 2013:289). In other words, mechanisms

provide ways for designers to move forward when muddling through an issue in which a sense of

where they will end up does not exist (Lindblom 1959).

Despite representing predisposed ways or modes of responding, mechanisms are not static.

The mechanisms I identify are dynamic, constantly evolving and changing to absorb and address

emerging ways of responding to issues. I do not conceptualize them dichotomously, as either

present or not, but rather along a continuum, in which their presence within a practice either

increases or decreases the likelihood of innovation occurring. These predisposed ways or modes

of responding to issues are also considered idiosyncratic to each project. Their individual

emphasis, configuration, and context within which they are deployed varies dramatically across

projects, increasing the likeliness of innovation in some instances, and decreasing it in others.

The habitually conditioned responses I identify, vary across multiple dimensions, and cannot be

activated by merely flipping a switch.

Before going any further, I will briefly outline how design projects typically start. I ground

this discussion in theories of innovation and creativity — specifically how actors break out of

taken-for-granted routines and procedures.

1.1.3 FOUNDATIONS OF EXPLORATION: KICKING OFF A PROJECT

Projects in creative project-based organizations typically start with a brief. The brief, prepared by

the client, as part of a competition package or a direct commission, outlines the objectives and

2 Gross (2009: 370-71) distinguishes between three types of habits: individual cognitive affective habits, defined as “habitual ways individual actors have of understanding and responding emotionally to situations in general, resulting from their psychological experience or their biological endowment or propensities;” individual behavioral habits, defined as “the dispositions to enact specific behavioral responses or routines when individual actors are faced with particular kinds or problem situations;” and collectively enacted, defined as ways that groups of individual actors, including those who comprise collective actors of various kinds, have of working together to solve problems.” These are not distinct from one another, “I would argue,” writes Gross “that habits often come bundled in habit sets.”

Page 18: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

10

intentions for the project.3 Yet unlike exploring for objects that are known in advance, like an

address or precious metal, the kind of design projects that I focus on are not guided by a defined

set of criteria or established endpoint. I use the term exploration narrowly, following March

(1991) and Stark (2009:3-4), to refer to approaches to work that break from successful and

familiar routines, to search into the unknown. The terms innovation and invention are also used

judiciously to indicate the “construction of something neither present nor anticipated by anyone

in the population” (Padgett and Powell 2012:1). Something that by its very definition is hard to

understand and comprehend due to its genuine novelty.

After reviewing the brief, designers assigned to the project immediately start identifying the

issues and conditions unique to the project. Explorations into the unknown however are rarely

embarked upon unprovoked by a set of conditions that challenge existing practices and routines.

“We go through life,” argues Whitford (2002:340) “as creatures of habit until we encounter an

indeterminate situation that presents us with conditions that we experience as a need, a conflict,

or a lack” (see also Schneiderhan 2011:596; Stark 2009:5). When teams are confronted with

issues or challenges, where pre-existing habits fail to resolve these wanting conditions, Gross

(2009:366) argues “an action-situation” rises to the forefront of our “consciousness as

problematic” (see also DiMaggio 1997:272; Schneiderhan 2011:596; Joas 1996:128). Established

responses for resolving the problematic conditions will not help the team move forward. And as

Dewey (1998 [1938]:172) stated long ago, situations like this “cannot be straightened out,

cleared up and put in order, by manipulation of our personal state of mind.” The restoration of an

integrated experience is only possible through “operations which actually modify existing

3 In architecture, and the other fields of design I investigate, there are two primary ways of getting business: through commissions or competitions. Commissions are the most direct form of getting business, where a client hires a firm to complete a project. These projects are not guaranteed, however, like in the case of the DC Premium Space project, there is an initial approval following the concept design phase where the client, armed with the design and preliminary cost estimate, decides whether to proceed as is, go through a redesign phase, or find another firm to give the commission to. It is not rare for commissions to be lost at this stage due to disagreement on design or feasibility of building it within budget. The second, and more precarious way of getting business, is by winning it through competitions. Either in open or closed competitions, multiple firms vie to win a commission by submitting an initial concept design, which a panel evaluates and awards a winner. Many firms prefer not to enter competitions due to the marginal compensation they get for entering, which does not begin to cover the massive amount of effort and resources competitions consume — in some cases, entire offices for a month, with slim odds of winning. Yet many prestigious projects and public spaces like performing arts centers, which architectural firms want to pursue due to their cultural import, are awarded through competitions. For this reason, firms will pursue competitions because it is the only way to get career and studio defining projects.

Page 19: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

11

conditions.” Teams cannot simply reframe the project brief to overcome the challenges posed by

the client, they need to transform the existing conditions upon which the design is premised to

restore an integrated experience. It is because of the uncertainty that surrounds these situations

during the first days of a project that Stark (2009) finds they become full of possibility.4 An

opportunity space presents itself to break away with how designers have approached these issues

in the past, enabling teams to introduce a new experience and meaning to the typology they are

engaging with.

Yet most actors, under conditions of uncertainty, where the chances of successfully pursuing

unfamiliar lines of action cannot be calculated, revert to familiar and reliable routines —

exploiting existing knowledge (Knight 1921, Stark 2009:14; March 1991; 1981; Levinthal and

March 1981). Forcing uncertain situations to fit within a framework that is intelligible with past

experiences and expectations. Hence the minimal variation in many building and product

typologies. It is much easier to design and convince clients of existing ideas than it is novel ones

that are inherently unfamiliar and challenge taken-for-granted assumptions. For ambitious firms,

like the ones focused on throughout my dissertation, this is the starting point where they begin to

question and examine the fundamental issues and conditions that are unique to the design

challenge. The point when they go from understanding the brief to exploring for new

opportunities.

1.1.4 ADVANCING KNOWLEDGE: VENTURING INTO THE UNKNOWN

The possibilities for reimagining the inherent issues of a project are not limitless. Designers are

enmeshed in webs of meaning. “Problem situations present themselves to actors through the

lenses of the cultural environment in which they are immersed,” says Gross (2009:367). These

webs he elaborates “give meaning to and help provide the content of the goals, orientations,

identities, vocabularies of motive, and other understandings of the action situation that actors

come to have” (see also Mead 1967[1934]:140; Dewey 1998[1933]:144; Dewey

1998[1938]:173; Zerubavel 1997:15). A designer’s environment therefore shapes how the issues

of a project are understood by the team and the strategies available to them for resolving it. For

4 Whitford (2002:340) writes, “creativity becomes a necessary part of the action framework, as actors seek new combinations, new means (and hence new ends and ends-in-view), new responses to vexing situations.”

Page 20: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

12

this reason, Padgett and Powell (2012:2) state that inventions are permutations of the social

context within which they arise (see also Schneiderhan 2011; Cerulo 2010:122; DiMaggio

1997:265; Vaughan 2002:51). The challenges therefore facing designers as they begin to tackle

design challenges is breaking out of the webs of meaning in which they are enmeshed to

construct concepts that do not currently exist in practice or imagination — breaking the path set

by those before them to unlearn within a project.

After surveying the issues and conditions unique to a project, designers need to break out of

the webs of meaning they are enmeshed in, or unlearn within a project, to fundamentally shift

the way they look at an issue. “Logical cognition, no matter how useful for refinement and

improvement, is unlikely to be a fundamental process for generating novelty,” argue Padgett and

Powell (2012:1), because “logic can only use axioms that are already there.” The exploitation of

existing knowledge and experiences is fundamental to refining and increasing the efficiency of

existing concepts, but not for radical transformation (March 1981; 1991; Levitt and March

1988). Designers need to suspend rational thought and make seemingly “foolish” decisions,

concludes March (1981:574).

Shifting their mental gaze enables designers to see things that they never noticed before,

“even in extremely familiar environment[s],” states Zerubavel (1997:26). Through his historical

research, Schneiderhan (2011:613) finds this is possible by rejecting existing vocabularies of

motives, immersing oneself in new social contexts, and through experimentation, constructing

new vocabularies.5 To do this, designers start by gathering precedence research to identify

exemplar or interesting ways to approach the inherent issues they are grappling with. Drawing on

extensive ethnographic research, Leschziner and Green (2013:122-124) provide actionable

insights on how precedence research enables designers to break with routine practices. When

existing strategies of action stop working and an actor “consciously decides on a strategy of

action that is new to her, though one that is part of the widely shared repertoire of action in the

field, then one has a deliberate and non-habitual practice (at the level of the individual) that is

routine at the level of the field.” Although new to the designer, these strategies of action

5 To this end Joas (1996:133) writes, “In … various crises of habitual action, the action situation have to be redefined in a new and different way. This involves defining that which is as yet undefined, rather than simply making a different selection from a reservoir of situation components that are either already defined or have no need of definition.”

Page 21: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

13

“represent a repertoire of intelligible, effective forms of action and are to be expected under

normal field conditions.” These actions may challenge the team deploying them, but will not

transform the existing field or establish a new field. The resulting actions are relatively

predictable. Conversely, when a designer “consciously follows a path of action that is novel to

her” and the field, “one has an attempt at innovation.” The practices employed by these actors

are considered non-routine within a field, because “they are not widely perceived as acceptable

ways of conducting given actions, or even cognized as possible lines of action.” Drawing on

diverse and unexpected precedence cases helps shift the mental gaze of designers working in the

most familiar and seemingly immutable environments. This is how BIG began the process of

designing a hyperbolic paraboloid to resolve the fundamental issues the team identified, which

needed to be addressed to meaningfully transform the urban residential high-rise typology.

Gathering information on novel paths of action is one of the primary challenges of innovation,

consuming significant energy at the beginning of a project. This is because it lays the foundation

for subsequent ideas.

1.1.5 GATHERING THE RAW CREATIVE MATERIAL: FOUNDATIONS FOR INNOVATION

The next step in design is constructing new ideas through the repurposing, recombining,

transposing and reshuffling of ideas gathered from precedence research, context conditions, and

other pertinent sources of information. No matter how radically new, novel ideas are

combinations and permutations of what was there before. It is the transformation of these

existing ideas that make them novel, according to Padgett and Powell (2012:2). This is not a

straight forward process. The process of design starts to get messy when teams begin to

transform ideas. Following Dewey (1998[1938]:175) “ideas are operational in that they instigate

and direct further operations of observation; they are proposals and plans for acting upon existing

conditions to bring new facts to light and to organize all the selected facts into a coherent

whole.” Concepts, on the other hand, represent these coherent wholes.

Introducing strategies of action that are not considered acceptable or even cognized as

possible lines of action into a typology is not a simple task. Stark (2009:4) states “the process of

innovation is paradoxical, for it involves a curious cognitive function of recognizing what is not

yet formulated as a category. For this reason, Padgett and Powell (2012) assert that novelty, by

its very definition, is hard to understand. This is because non-routine strategies of action at the

Page 22: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

14

level of the field must be drawn from other fields (see Csikszentmihalyi 1996:9). Information of

this nature emanates from people with different backgrounds and perspectives, enmeshed in

distant and unfamiliar webs of meaning (Lester and Piore 2004:51; see also McDonnell et all

2017:9; Stark 2009). The contextual residue, left by the originating web of meaning, is not shed

as diverse ideas move from one domain into another — there is no inherent process of

translation.6 The value of information curated from these sources is for this reason found to be

unfamiliar and consequently hard to understand.7

A curvilinear relationship exists between cognitive distance and resonance, according to

McDonnell et al. (2017:7-9). “Resonance is most likely and likely strongest,” they state, “when

the solution offered by the object is neither too familiar nor too resistance to interpretation or

extension.”8 What utility, if any, does this material have, and how can I use it to resolve my issue

is the essential question that needs to be answerable to designers.

Despite the tremendous amount of decoding and interpretation required to recognize the

potential of distant ideas, the value of crossing domains of knowledge and practice cannot be

understated (Zander and Kogut 1995; von Hippel 1994). de Vaan and his collaborators

(2015:1150) find, through extensive empirical analysis, “where groups comprising a team are

cognitively (stylistically) distant, members might confront a babel of dissonant languages, where

even the same term might not have the same meaning. Cognitive diversity has potential to shake

up existing codes and categories, leading to the development of innovative products” (see also

Lester and Piore 2004:51) It is, therefore, “not enough for different communities to be in

contact,” argues Stark (2009:17). “Recombinant innovation requires that they interact.”

6 Padgett and Powell (2012:6, footnote 18) write, “we stick with the word recombination because that is so prevalent in the literature. But in our empirical case the elements being recombined are not atomic entities, decoupled from their context, but rather nodes or ties in some network or other. For that reason, network folding more accurately describe the phenomenon we observe than does the word recombination, which to our ears has atomistic overtones.” Like Stark and his collaborators, I, too, find that information does not lose its contextual characteristics. 7 Uzzi and Spiro 2005; This information is referred to as sticky due to its inability to be transmitted without significant interpretation and understanding; see also Polanyi 1996; Hansen 1999; von Hippel 1994. This contrasts with information that passes through networks that requires no uncoding (see for instance Burt 1992; Burt 2002; Burt 2004). 8 de Vaan et al. (2015:1147) find “teams are most likely to be creatively successful when cognitively heterogeneous groups have points of intersection.” When ideas are too resistant to interpretation, teams will not have common points of intersect and likely overlook the idea.

Page 23: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

15

Ideas whose value and utility is immediately apparent, and in turn easily exchanged, will not

challenge existing perceptions and understanding. McDonnell et al. (2017:3) state “to the extent

that resonance is about congruence, we argue that it is about the act of making a cultural object

congruent as a person works through a situation or problem they face rather than having an

already congruent or familiar solution ready at hand.” Making cultural objects resonant does not

occur in bounded moments of insight, but rather emerges through the interactions of team

members as they repurpose, recombine, transpose and reshuffle ideas. “Resonance is a specific

kind of experiential effect (or interpretant) emerging at the same time that actors come to see the

world in a new light.” This sentiment was echoed nearly twenty years earlier by Zerubavel

(1997) on shifting our mental gaze to see new things in extremely familiar environments.

At the end of the initial design phase, teams need to get client buy in. Whether to win a

competition or move on to the next phase of development, the concept design is established at

the end of this phase. With the direction set, teams now work to bring the design concept to life,

adding increasing levels of resolution until it is fully executed.

When explorations succeed at reorientating action, they have the potential to shift

perceptions on a wider scale. Something that Joas (1996:129) describes as a creative

achievement on the part of the actor. “In some of these instance,” Leschziner and Green

(2013:136) find, “these practices will gain traction, producing new, shared ways of approaching

old situations.” They elaborate to say that “such innovation [may] over time become

institutionalized, to constitute habitual practices and, eventually, new dispositions.” Eventually

these new approaches to resolving issues inherent in a typology, will have to be disrupted, for

creative project-based organizations to stay relevant and survive.

To successfully venture into the unknown, three distinct areas of a creative project-based

organization’s approach rely on mechanisms for moving explorations forward, these include:

team coordination, exploration, and constructing novel concepts. The following three literatures

provide vectors for my analysis of mechanisms within creative project-based organizations and

inform the structuring of the three substantive empirical chapters of my dissertation.

1.) Team Coordination within project-based organizations is critical. Following Harrison and

Rouse (2014:1258; see also Okhuysen and Bechky 2009), I define coordination as the collective

intertwining of components of work to achieve a common goal. Through coordinated efforts,

Page 24: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

16

empirical research finds that teams are more likely to produce more impactful work within their

field (Wuchty et al. 2007), helping to overcome the increasing complexity of contemporary

problems that lie “beyond a single individual’s integrative grasp” (Alexander 1964:5; see also

Rittel and Webber 1973; Rittel 1987). When teams are physically proximate to one another, Lee

and his collaborators (2010) find that the physical proximity of team members is positively

associated with the impact of their work within their given domain. Hence Stark’s (2009:17)

conclusion that “it is not enough for different communities to be in contact,” they need to

interact to meaningfully transform ideas. Yet empirical research demonstrates that creative teams

need to also actively separate (Harrison and Rouse 2014) to introduce divergence (George 2007)

and dissent (Nemeth 2012; Nemeth et al. 2001), which are two factors attributed to innovation

(Dane 2010:589). Harrison and Rouse (2014) call the dynamic process of integration and

separation in collaborative groups elastic coordination. Research finds that when teams are

challenged with uncertainty (Argote 1982; Adler 1995), often the case with creative projects,

ready-to-use procedures for elastic coordination are not available (Jarzabkowski et al.

2012:921). Rather than emerging anew for each project, my research challenges this by

demonstrating that in creative project-based organization, collaboration mechanisms are in fact

in place, established sufficiently enough within the organization’s procedures to be deployed

almost immediately when a project begins. Rather than being highly flexible (Ching et al. 1992),

I will show that they are rigorously established within the organization. When these coordination

mechanisms are challenged, coordination breakdowns occur, inhibiting teams from moving

forward collectively. Overall, I demonstrate that when a collaborative foundation is in place to

coordinate successive cycles of individual exploration and collective reintegration.

2.) Exploration into the unknown is fundamental for innovation. The challenge facing teams

seeking novel resolutions to an issue, however, is that solutions are not defined at the outset. As

Dewey (1998[1933]) put it, “it is artificial, so far as thinking is concerned, to start with a ready-

made problem, a problem made out of whole cloth or arising from a vacuum. In reality such a

“problem” is simply an assigned task.” No matter how challenging the problem, they have

coordinates to guide work, which research shows enables actors to reverse engineer a solution

(Rittel and Webber 1973; Martin 2009; Lester and Piore 2004). By contrast, searching into the

unknown evokes “a troubled, perplexing, trying situation where the difficulty is, as it were,

spread throughout the entire situation, infecting it as a whole.” Dewey states that under these

Page 25: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

17

circumstance, “we know what the problem exactly is simultaneously with finding a way out and

getting it resolved” (see also Stark 2009). I view action, following the pragmatist theoretical

tradition and in particular John Dewey, as continuous rather than aiming for a terminal endpoint,

where actors are embedded in streams of continuous action (Dewey 1991[1939]:239). Building

on Whitford (2002), McDonnell and his collaborators (2017:4) state “resonance helps identify

lines of action towards “ends-in-view,” potentially revising people’s desires and imagining of

what is possible.” Whitford (2002:345) writes, “the actor is an experimenter, who encounters

problem situations … the actor hypothesizes activities — means-to-ends — that might resolve

the problem and make predictions about their results … choosing a best course of action but

constantly adjusting it upon receiving new information about the actual effects of means chosen”

(see also Mead 1907:110; Gross 2009:367; McDonnell et al 2017:4; Schön 1983). Guided by

what could be questions, a hypothesis “if nurtured with loving care — as opposed to applying

force and determination — unfolds according to its own logic” writes Joas (1996:135), “until it is

finally ripe for testing.” I draw on pragmatist theory for my analysis and add to it in a modest

way by clarifying some aspects of ends-in-view within design. I will show that creative project-

based organizations, which are premised on asking what could be questions, in fact deploy

approaches, which move forward the unfolding of an idea and mean-to-ends selected along the

way. They do not force it, but the idea does not emerge in a vacuum either — or, as the image

commonly portrayed suggests, in a wild and untamed environment. When the mechanisms for

moving means-to-ends forward are upended, I show why teams have problems producing novel

concepts. Overall, I show that when procedures exist within practices to help move forward the

successive development of ideas, even when teams start with highly familiar material.

3.) Constructing ideas while keeping ends-in-view is not exclusively a mental activity. One

needs tools from time to time. Following Latour and Stark, I define tools as inscription devices

that shape views, revealing information that is not immediately apparent (Latour 1986; Latour

and Woolgar 1986; Stark 2009). Focusing on architecture, Ewenstein and Whyte (2009:28) find

“a focus on objects can reveal the iterative, even dialogical, process through which knowledge is

developed by both subjects and objects as agents” (see also Latour 2005). The active role of

tools and the artifacts they produce is not exclusive to design. Scientific facts, finds Latour

(1986:129), are not pre-givens waiting to be discovered. They are “constituted through the artful

creativity of scientists” deployment of the inscription devices, or tools, available to them.

Page 26: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

18

Drawing on Latour’s (1986) emphasis on thinking with eyes and hands, Stark (2009; see also

Beunza and Stark 2002) demonstrates that the tools used in arbitrage trading, similarly shape

how quantitative traders see markets and, in turn, construct novel trades. These qualitative

studies all provide actionable insights into how recombination works in practice to transform

disparate ideas. As Latour found long ago in scientific labs, transformations occur through the

modification, reshuffling, and superimposition of different artifacts (Latour 1986; Latour and

Woolgar 1986; Stark 2009; Beunza and Stark 2002). My findings contribute to this literature and

add insights by explaining how and why material objects matter for design. I will show that

established patterns of use, emphasis, and ordering of tools contribute to the novel solutions

constructed by design firms. Contrary to Latour’s findings, I demonstrate how mechanisms for

deploying tools, rigorously enforce their emphasis and ordering, rather than perpetually changing

order as he states. When tools are deployed in unusual ways, I show why teams are challenged to

construct novel concepts. I demonstrate that procedures exist within studios for translating

visions into tangible representations, enabling teams to gather the necessary information to

construct concepts that at the outset are vague visions which lack clarity and definition.

1.2 IMPLICATIONS: WHY MECHANISMS MATTER FOR INNOVATION

Focusing on mechanisms for moving forward explorations into the unknown, my research

reveals how creative project-based organizations are enabled to continually produce innovative

design concepts, without becoming predictable. It also reveals why creative project-based

organizations fail to innovate, and the inherent conditions that constrain innovation within this

organizational typology.

First, it reveals the unanticipated enabling role of mechanisms in the exploration into the

unknown. This runs counter to the broader literature on innovation that suggests that these

features inhibit the ability to break with the past. I find distinct mechanisms exist that enable

collaborative collectives to explore for unfamiliar ideas and then identify their potential value

(see for instance de Vaan et al. 2015). This task is identified as one of the greatest challenges

facing any contemporary organization because searches of this kind are not guided by known

coordinates (Stark 2009:1). My findings reveal that mechanisms that are woven into the fabric of

a creative project-based organization are malleable, providing a flexible framework for the

construction of novel ideas. Because these mechanisms are not formalized into explicit rules and

Page 27: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

19

procedures, they evolve as new practices emerge and new skills and experiences are introduced

into the organization. Collectively, these mechanisms constitute the foundation for an approach

that enables learning between projects, but are flexible enough to allow for unlearning within

projects.

Second, by revealing these mechanisms, my findings call into question the perceived

procedural laxness of creative project-based organizations (Grahber 2002:211; Ekstedt et al.

1999; Dougherty 1992). These mechanisms lock organizations into producing specific types of

response to the challenges they face. Put another way, creative project-based organizations are

not as fluid as recent research suggests (Lundin and Soderholm 1995; Midler 1995; Lundin and

Midler 1998; Hobday 1998; 2000; Gann and Salter 2000). They may be more adaptable and open

to exploration than other types of organizations, but not completely nimble as they are often

made out to be. This offers insights into the unique signatures creative project-based

organizations impart on their products, despite sharing little other resemblance to previous

output.

These contributions are significant because they provide new empirical evidence to the

debate on the emergence of innovation within organizations. Much of existing research on

project-based organization is episodic (Hargadon and Bechky 2006; Hargadon 2003; Sutton and

Hargadon 1996) or predominantly focused on interviews (Livingston 2007). While incredibly

useful, this research does not get at the conventions, rules, procedures, and schema (see Polanyi

1967; Jerolmack and Khan 2014) that are woven through the fabric of this organizational

typology. My research provides new empirical insights, into these previously overlooked aspects

of creative project-based organizations through extended ethnographic research.

My findings establish a new theoretical foundation for future research on the mechanisms

within creative project-based organizations whose value and vitality are derived from

continuously producing novel responses to the challenges they face. Shifting away from the

traditional dichotomy between highly structured and unstructured organizations, my research

examines how and why functional features of different kinds of mechanisms enable and

constrain activities within organizations. Through a pragmatist framework, I contribute to

theories of organizational structure, by demonstrating the emergent, dynamic, and unanticipated

qualities of the mechanisms that structure organizations.

Page 28: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

20

A related and perhaps more fundamental implication is that my findings call into question

popular management techniques focused on creativity within organizations. By example, many

management books and business journals tie the creative capacity of organizations to the

elimination of hierarchy and structure within a business. While flatter reporting structures,

decentralized decision making, collaboration, and a casual culture are all aspects of creative

project-based organizations, they are not sufficient to enable the creation of genuinely novel

concepts. Implementing these organizational features will not in themselves help teams unlearn

within projects. Focusing on these high-level characteristics has the potential to demoralize

teams as they endlessly circle in their exploration as they struggle to define their path. The focus

needs to be reoriented on the mechanisms from which these expressions or features emerge.

Similarly, it highlights that although not enshrined as rules, these mechanisms still need to be

constructed, maintained, and most importantly continuously developed. Based on my research, I

believe this is a task that requires managers to become pragmatist sociologists rather than

management experts.

Exposing cleavages in our existing understanding of the production of innovation, I

demonstrate how this limits our understanding of the processes and procedures within creative

project-based organizations that enable them to produce novel concepts. My research helps

ameliorate some of these tensions by focusing on mechanisms within a studio’s practice —

explaining how they enable teams to overcome the twin tasks of learning between projects and

unlearning within projects. To do this, the three substantive chapters of my dissertation draw on

extensive ethnographic research and interviews.

1.3 JOINING THE STUDIO

My dissertation is based largely on ethnographic research at an internationally acclaimed

architectural practice located in New York City, where I observed teams tackle projects and

interviewed designers. In June of 2015, I received unprecedented access to the architectural

practice, being provided with a workstation, email address, access to internal servers, and most

importantly cart-blanch freedom to shadow design teams and the firm’s principal. On only one

occasion was I asked to leave a meeting. Otherwise, for over a year, I took on the life of a

designer, entering the studio early in the morning to catch up on field notes and leaving when the

last member of the team I was observing left — often staying early into the next morning.

Page 29: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

21

With openness and willingness to explain their craft, beyond what I could have expected, the

designers at the studio let me into their lives. At the end of my first week at the practice, a group

of designers were headed to the Lower East Side for drinks with friends, to which I was invited.

On the subway ride, a senior designer cheekily asked how many more weeks I would be with

them — insinuating that my likely short stay would reveal little to nothing. When I responded

51, his demeanour changed immediately, telling me that soon everyone’s guard would drop and I

would see what architecture was really about. Sure enough, a few weeks into my stay, tempers

started to flair. Designers started openly expressing frustration in front of me, revealing their

weaknesses and fears. During the early days of my fieldwork, a designer, without hesitation,

handed me a foam block and asked me if I could cut the models. After a brief tutorial at two in

the morning on how to use the hotwire cutter, which I can assure you teaches its own lessons to

the tired and inexperienced, I was cutting models in preparation for a meeting the following

morning. I was in. Breaking for lunch with designers at the firm daily, joining them for drinks

after work, and going to events with them, I learned a tremendous amount about them and their

lives as designers.

I also interviewed 25 other designers working in architectural, communication, and industrial

design practices in New York City, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Berlin.9 These

interviews were predominantly conducted with principals and senior designers, all working at

renowned and highly acclaimed practices. These interviews provided additional depth of

information. These interviews also play the role of control case, indicating whether the practices

I observed at my field site were idiosyncratic to that particular design studio, or are to be

expected given the types of exploration engaged by designers with similar ambitions to

transform typologies.

Beyond the formal interviews, I had informal conversations with designers from within the

practice I was observing almost daily — consultants with whom the firm was working, clients of

the firm, and friends of designers working at different practices throughout New York City and

more broadly in the United States. Whether being introduced at lunch, during drinks outside of

9 In total, I interviewed approximately 75 designers, a large proportion of these interviews were not included in my dissertation for various reasons, including: over saturation, redundancy, bad interviewing on my part, inability to get consent forms signed due to administrative lags within the practices, and content that was explored initially but not included in my dissertation.

Page 30: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

22

the studio, trade events, or as a friend of a friend, I was on the inside of many intricate and

revelatory conversations.10 These conversations ranged from aspiration-focused, with interns on

their first work assignment, to sceptical and jaded, with industry veterans on the brink of

retirement.

I also had the fortune to be invited into over 75 design studios in New York City, Chicago,

Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego, and Italy. The invitations were extended as a part of my

“participation” in design teams, interviews, open houses, and most fortuitously friends of friends

in the industry proud to show off the studio they worked at after finding out about my research.

These visits, although not initially part of my research strategy, became invaluable in

understanding commonalities across the physical studio spaces and the unique features that

differentiate the work produced by the different studios. These visits revealed aspects of team

coordination, work practices, and the artifacts produced in design that were not revealed through

formal interviews or casual conversations. Most importantly, these studio walkthroughs

highlighted the incredible passion and ambition of designers, always keen to explain the projects

they are working on.

1.3.1 OAE: OFFICE OF ARCHITECTURAL EXPLORATION

I have given my field site the pseudonym Office of Architectural Exploration, henceforth

referred to as OAE. The firm was working on multiple projects, all at different phases of design,

during my year at the site. I focused on five projects, which largely comprise the stories in the

following chapters. I focused on these projects because I was able observe all five of the projects

as they started in the concept design phase, which is the first phase of development, at the end of

which designers need to present novel concepts to win competitions or secure future funding for

commissions.11 The Metro Skyscraper project is a competition to design a commercial high-rise

10 The concentration of architects and designers in New York City is incredible. To my surprise, when discussing my research with friends completely removed from the industry I was often put in contact with someone they knew. 11 Within architecture there are five phases, these include: (1) concept design, which is described above; (2) schematic design, where concept designs are further developed to demonstrate spatial relationships, scale, and form of the proposed design; (3) design development, where other major elements like structure and mechanical are incorporated into the design and materials are selects; (4) construction documentation, where the team focuses on providing the detail required to construct the building, adding no additional design changes; (5) construction administration, the team makes sure the general contractor is following the plans (see Arts Build Ontario 2013 for a good overview). Within industrial design and communication design there are analogous phases, each successively adding resolution to a project from initial vision to final execution.

Page 31: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

23

building in New York City. The DC Premium Space project is a commission for an ultra-

premium office building in Washington, DC. The Playful Performing Center is a commission for

a performing arts centre for a private school. The International Performing Arts Center is a

commission for a world class performing arts center located in one of the major international

centers of arts and entertainment. Finally, the Landmark Project is a competition to preserve and

add an addition to a historical building in a metropolitan city with a penchant for historical

preservation and modernization. I was fortunate enough to observe the DC Premium Space

project pass through schematic design, design development, construction documentation, and

during the writing of my dissertation, in the actual construction phase.12 Thus, I observed the

entire lifecycle of a building from initial inception to final execution. These projects were not all

successful in transforming typologies. The Metro Skyscraper and Landmark projects did not win

in their respective competitions, largely because they did not follow the processes and

procedures typically engaged by OAE. This will be discussed in further detail in the chapters that

follow.

Although these five projects were my primary focus, I was also exposed to other projects in

the studio, which were in later stages of development. These projects were harder to observe

because they were in phases of development that required less teamwork and strategizing,

relying on independent work, consuming at times only ten percent of a designer’s weekly time

allocation. Talking to designers working on these projects provides a balanced view of design,

highlighting the downstream implications of certain decisions at the start of a project and

consequences of overly complex ideas. As one designer told me, the cute decisions at the start of

a project have a way of becoming nasty beasts during construction documentation.

Throughout my dissertation, the voices, actions, and thoughts of the designers at OAE and

other practices provide the texture and character for my narrative.13 Everyone is given a

pseudonym and all identifying information has been changed.

12 Although I was not physically at OAE when the project went into construction, I have followed its progress on various social media sites, the web, and in-person visits almost quarterly. 13 My field site and the other practices where I interviewed designer were selected based on their reputation within the field – by colleagues and industry authorities – for being innovative. Following Csikszentmihalyi (2013:6), I look to “a field of experts who recognize and validate the innovation.” Rather than deciding myself if a new line of action is merely new to a practice, yet “part of the widely shared repertoire of action in the field,” versus those that are both novel to the actor and field (Leschziner and Green 2013:122-124), I rely on experts, who consecrate a

Page 32: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

24

Table 1: OAE Projects Source Typology Status Metro Skyscraper

Competition Commercial high-rise building in New York City. Lost

DC Premium Space

Commission Ultra-premium office space in Washington, DC. Completed

Playful Performance Center

Commission Performing arts center for a private school. On Hold

International Performing Arts Center

Competition World class performing arts center located in a major international metropolitan city.

In Construction

Landmark

Competition Preserve and add an addition to a historical building in a major international metropolitan city.

Lost

1.4 BLUEPRINT: THE OUTLINE OF MY DISSERTATION

My dissertation is divided into three substantive chapters — team collaboration, exploration, and

construction — reflecting the areas of a studio’s approach in which mechanisms enable the twin

task of learning between projects and unlearning within. The following sections provides a brief

outline of what is to come.

Chapter Two — Team Coordination — offers readers a chance to learn how designers work

together under conditions of uncertainty to collectively construct concepts that do not exist in

current practice or imagination. It engages a broad range of concepts and thinkers to demonstrate

how mechanisms foster collaborative cultures in creative project-based organizations, which

enable teams to venture into the unknown together and not all go in separate directions.

Providing the reader with practical insights from OAE and principals at other design studios, I

identify the mechanisms that enable and sustain work cultures that thrive on the uncertainty

inherent at the start of every new design project. I also highlight moments of rupture, when the

practice and their work to be innovative, to make this distinction. All of the practices, including OAE, had won multiple awards, recognizing their innovative approaches to design. Where possible, I also focused on projects that had won awards. This was not always possible when projects were in progress and had not been released to the public.

Page 33: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

25

mechanisms that are woven through the social fabric of the practice are challenged or break

down, leading to coordination issues. The chapter begins with a sketch of the first month of the

DC Premium Space commission, throwing the reader into informal chats, meetings, and review

sessions. Moving across projects, I highlight the similarities in coordinating practices and how

they constitute the very fabric that makes up a studio’s unique approach to resolving issues.

Throughout the discussion, I encourage the reader to consider how these mechanisms for guiding

coordination enable the agility required by designers to constantly monitor the changing

topology of a project, but also constrain the spectrum of activities they engage in — limiting

different types of innovation to emerge.

Chapter Three — The Exploration — explains how teams develop responses to design issues

that are genuinely new and unexpected. It considers how mechanisms, familiar to the designers

and unique to the practice, support a process for moving forward the development of new ideas.

Throughout the chapter I demonstrate how these mechanisms provide teams with the confidence

necessary to navigate through the initial ambiguity of a project. Sitting with the Playful

Performance Center team during the initial meeting that defined its design, I show how a sketch

evolved into a refined design concept that radically transformed the performing arts center

typology, shocking even one of the most established theater consultants. Looking across projects

and studios, the chapter provides practical insights on how a set of mechanisms help move a

team’s exploration forward and then help identify the potential value and utility of the concepts

they construct along the way. It challenges the reader to consider how work practices can be

informed by previous projects, yet still result in genuinely new and unexpected outcomes.

Chapter Four — The Construction — starts by walking the reader through the first days of

the Metro Skyscraper project. Highlighting the number and diversity of artifacts produced, I

show how the team quickly tests ideas and gathers feedback, using multiple tools on an almost

moment-by-moment basis to understand what direction they are moving in and the potential

value of continuing down one path and not another. Exploring this important, yet often

overlooked, aspect of constructing ideas, I explain how teams gather information that previously

did not exist to understand concepts that are genuinely new. Providing practical insights from

multiple projects and studios, I demonstrate how the mechanisms for employing tools leads to

the generation of information, varying significantly across practices despite all generally having

the same set of tools and competencies. This is most vividly demonstrated by a firm’s unique

Page 34: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

26

design signature, something that is consistent across building typologies ranging in diversity

from football stadiums and commercial high-rise buildings to performing arts centers, yet not

appearing as self-plagiarizing. Throughout the chapter, I challenge the reader to consider how

these mechanisms are both generative and constraining, opening new possibilities despite the

rigor and consistency in their deployment.

Chapter Five — The Conclusion — explores how mechanisms provide a richer

understanding of how creative project-based organizations confront the challenge of constantly

developing novel products and services. The driving take-home: explorations are not embarked

upon blindly, mechanisms exist that despite their structuring nature, enable designers to produce

novel design concepts. They are both generative and constraining, yet still malleable enough

because they inform an approach and not an outcome, allowing for unlearning within projects.

Albeit representing a niche subset of organizations, I discuss how the insights I provide

throughout the three substantive chapters can be introduced into other organizational typologies,

demonstrating the utility of these practices beyond the confines of creative project-based

organizations. Engaging existing literatures on innovation, I identify how my findings expand

our understanding of the production of innovation.

“It’s a ride,” states the partner of a boutique design practice in New York City quoted in the

introduction to this chapter, when describing what the act of design is. “You really don’t know

where you are necessarily going.” This statement epitomizes one of the fundamental challenges

facing creative project-based design studios: the need to constantly innovate — inherently

throwing them into a state of ambiguity — to remain relevant and not become predictable in their

output over time. Exploring how teams draw on mechanisms to balance the duel task of learning

between projects and unlearning within projects, I will demonstrate how they deal with this

challenge. First, I will address team collaboration.

Page 35: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

2 TEAM COORDINATION

We are not coming at things with a preconceived conception for what things should be or what

the solution is, we are starting with a conversation, and the conversation evolves as a team…

- Principal, Architecture Firm, NYC

It’s 9:30 on a Monday morning. A sense of calm fills the workspace of OAE, one of the most

acclaimed architectural studios in New York City. The warm summer sun, rising over the

Manhattan skyline, floods through the windows, into the large open space, reflecting warm hues

of color on the white interior walls.

This calm is surprising, given the chaos commonly associated with the design process.

Today, after all, is the first official day of work on a newly commissioned project. Having

received a brief introduction by the firm’s principal on Friday, the project is now in the hands of

the project team. In a little over a month, the six designers, Sheela, Reinier, Kim, Stephen,

Thomas, and Richard, not including the firm’s principal, Pierre, and director, Jean, who will

serve more as curators of ideas than designers, will be expected to present a highly resolved

concept to the client for approval. Fail to get the client’s approval and the lucrative commission

will likely go to another firm. But that is a long way away. The client will be stopping by at the

end of the week for a presentation of the initial vision for the project to ensure they are on track

to meet his expectations. The project team — drawn together as a result of other projects in the

studio entering a dormant or less labor-intensive phase — will be working together for the first

time. And they have less than four days to come up with an initial vision for the project. As time

passes and members of the new project team arrive at the studio, tapping their keyboards to wake

up their computers, the mood remains calm.

The new commission is for a premium office building in the center of Washington, DC

(hence forth referred to as the DC Premium Space project). To attract top tier tenants, the client

has mandated that the building’s design stand out in the local market. He wants a trophy office

Page 36: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

28

space that tenants brag about. It sounds simple considering that the city is largely composed of

two very distinct building typologies. On the one end of the spectrum are the heavy concrete and

masonry buildings, with their high-relief facades and punched windows. Despite coming in many

different styles, all of these buildings share a sense of weight. Appearing frail by comparison are

the modern office buildings with taut glass facades. They are often embellished with decorative

treatments that appear as afterthoughts, applied to distract from the generic form that lies

beneath.

Standing out for the sake of standing out will not suffice. Applying a decorative treatment, no

matter how artistic, is simply an embellishment whose novelty will wear off. The client wants

the firm to rethink the office building from the core out. Working with a building typology that is

so pervasive and familiar, it seems few novel ideas still exist to radically challenge our

conceptions and experiences of the space. For this reason, the developer has approached OAE, a

firm known for reimagining how familiar and predictable typologies function. Applying a

rigorous approach to design, the firm introduces new ways of interacting and experiencing

spaces thought to be fixed and immutable.

As if provoked by a jolt of energy, the silence in the studio lifts. The pattering of casters,

gliding across one-hundred-year-old factory flooring, echoes around the space as Kim, a junior

designer on the team, moves her chair, making room for Sheela, one of the project’s leaders, to

look at her computer screen. Suspended in the middle of the screen is the first stylized three-

dimensional representation of the building. The massing model is still crude; only a set of lines

depicting the maximum dimensions allowed for the site, but it is a start. Rotating the model, both

designers are examining how the vertical and horizontal surfaces, which compose the volume,

come together. There is a moment of silent reflection, as both consider how the aspects they have

been working on have combined into one. Looking in her notebook, and then back at the screen,

Sheela, who is standing over Kim’s desk, suggests an alternative dimension for one of the floors.

Pulling her chair forward to reach her keyboard, Kim enters the numbers into the computer, both

waiting in anticipation to see if the new dimensions will resolve an issue they have been tackling

all morning.

Pleased with what they see, both walk over to the modeling area. Standing at the corner of

the square table, waiting to catch the attention of the team’s modeller, Thomas, who is delicately

Page 37: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

29

cutting blue foam. Pulling off his headphones, he hands the blue foam volume to them that

represents the minimum dimensions for the building. With her notebook open on the table,

Sheela, who is responsible for plans — or horizontal surfaces — reads out the new dimensions

just tested on Kim’s computer, gesturing where he needs to add some volume to the model.

Recognizing from across the studio that alterations are being proposed, Reinier and Stephen,

who are responsible for generating options for the contours — or stylization — of the massing,

walk over to listen in. What started as an impromptu reference check, cascades into an informal

team discussion.

Just as quickly as they come together, they return to their respective work areas where they

absorb the information they just gathered. This pattern of coming together, exchanging

information and ideas, and then returning to absorb them independently into the aspect they are

currently responsible for, continues until 9 pm. This pattern repeats all week, often ending in the

early hours of the morning, until the team has an initial vision for the project to present to the

client. With his approval at the end of the first week, this unrelenting pace of work continues for

the next three weeks until the end of the initial design phase — testing both the mental and

physical endurance of the team. Perhaps a clue as to why the first day of the project started so

calmly. They were anticipating a marathon, not a sprint.

Visibly exhausted, the team sits together in the modeling area, basking in the mid-morning

sun. It has been four weeks since the project started. They made it, working until three in the

morning preparing the final details for the project’s presentation to the client. There was little

they could do. The fate of the project is in the principal’s hands, who is traveling across town in

a cab to present the project to the developer.

The DC Premium Space team did not have to wait long to find out about the fate of their

design. The office building’s design was so unique; the client did not need the contractual two

weeks allotted for deliberation. With a direct, and unambiguous reaction: “it’s fucking great.

Let’s build it,” the project was given life at the end of the presentation. With the news arriving at

the studio less than two hours after Pierre left, the team leaves early to have a celebratory drink –

they are now officially two weeks ahead of schedule.

A year later, one of the creative influences on the DC Premium Space project very succinctly

summarizes the design’s novel approach for dealing with the façade and structure, which caught

Page 38: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

30

the developer off guard. “The whole building is distilled down to a single idea. It seems so dumb.

Why hasn’t anyone done it? Because it’s not that easy. It’s elegant, but not easy.” And the reason

no one has done it before is that “most people wouldn’t even think about it unless they saw it

first.” That is what made the concept, painstakingly developed over five weeks, catch the

developer off guard.

Focusing on the team, within creative project-based organizations, this chapter explores how

designers work together under conditions of uncertainty to construct concepts that do not exist in

current practice or imagination. I ask: how are teams able to move forward, integrating future

work that at the outset is not defined, and in turn lacks clear points of intersection? To answer

this question, in the first section — collaboration — I lay the foundation for how coordination is

enabled within teams when a design concept’s points of intersection and overlap are not known

in advance — a fundamental challenge of unlearning within a project. The following four

sections outline how collaboration, which is learned between projects, unfolds within teams, on

the ground, in practice. First, in agile, I explain how teams stay flexible and responsive to

changes in the project when parameters change repeatedly and unpredictably. Then, in mutual

monitoring, I explain how teams map the production of the individual designers within the team

when conditions are constantly changing. Next, in distributed intelligence, I demonstrate how

teams combine knowledge to shape meaning when novel concepts lie beyond the interpretive

grasp of one individual alone. Finally, in translation, I demonstrate how the project specific

language is made accessible to noncore project members, when the team needs to collaborate

with a much broader group of individuals. Throughout the chapter, I show how collaboration,

which is learned across projects, enables teams to unlearn within a project, addressing the

fundamental challenge facing creative project-based organizations: how do you continually

innovate?

2.1 COLLABORATION: COORDINATING CHAOS

How do teams work together to construct novel design concepts? A principal at an acclaimed

architectural practice in New York City, says:

Ultimately the team will generate work, it could be one person it could be three or four

people and then we meet and look at it together and sometimes as principals we don't always

Page 39: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

31

agree on the direction so we work the problem until we get to a place where everyone is

excited about the same direction.

One of the hallmarks of creative project-based organizations, and key features found to

enable their success in searching and identifying novel concepts, is their collaborative work

practices.14 Project members working collectively, coordinating to intertwine components of

work, to achieve a common goal.15 The principal’s response to the question above is common,

echoed across studios, disciplines of design, and at all levels within a practice from principal to

intern. Simply put, collaboration is critical for innovation.

Yet teams rarely produce work collectively. As the principal of an architectural practice

known for its experimentation describes, “the intent is always that the person is going to come

back with something that they discovered from the process or they are going to take something

and bring back something that is better than you expected.” “Then when they come back to the

group,” after a period of independent work, says the same principal, “they will be able to share

with them the product of that focused effort.” What the principal is describing is a dynamic and

iterative process of teams collectively collaborating to integrate, evaluate, and set the direction

of work, and then separating to independently produce work. This is depicted in Figure 1, in

which teams work independently and then reintegrate until a concept is defined. A process aptly

referred to by sociologists of culture and creativity as elastic coordination.16

The separation of teams, is therefore critical for innovation as well. Coming “back with

something that they [independently] discovered from the process” is crucial to developing ideas.

This is where the “good stuff comes from,” tells another principal of an architectural studio in

New York City, when self-motivated staff “just take it away.” Existing empirical research finds,

like the two principals, that when teams separate to conduct individual work, divergent thinking

is introduced, leading to more creative, complex, and thoughtful work.17

14 Martin 2013. 15 Harrison and Rouse 2014:1258. 16 Harrison and Rouse 2014. 17 Harrison and Rouse 2014; George 2007; Dane 2010:589.

Page 40: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

32

Figure 1: Team Coordination

This raises a fundamental problem for coordination in creative projects. When teams are

tasked with developing a novel concept, which, by its very definition, does not exist in current

practice or imagination, how do teams moving forward integrate their future work that, at the

outset, is not defined and in turn lacks clear points of intersection? Unlike refining existing

knowledge, exploratory work requires team members to break with successful and familiar

routines to introduce ideas into the project from different fields or create entirely new concepts

through the recombination of existing ideas.18 When multiple team members are doing this

simultaneously, the possibility for misalignment or complete disharmony is tremendous. Overall,

this chapter asks how teams in creative project-based organizations are able to produce work

independently, and then collectively integrate their work to construct a cohesive design concept?

Contrary to prevailing theories on group coordination (see for instance Jarzabkowski et al.

2012), I demonstrate that ready-to-use procedures for collaboration are in fact sufficiently woven

through the social fabric of creative project-based organization like OAE. Rather than emerging

anew for each project, my research challenges existing scholarship by showing that collaboration

mechanisms, learned across projects, exist to structure the integration of independently

produced work that is not defined at the outset of exploration. As approaches, rather than explicit

acts, practices for coordinating the integration of future work embolden risk taking,

experimentation, and free association, by being highly adaptable to the context of discovery

18 Leschziner and Green 2013.

Page 41: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

33

where information is yet to be defined and a sense of where the team is going does not exist. This

enables teams to unlearn within projects, by not forcing teams to explicitly define in advance

what they will produce, which encourage conformity.

This helps explain the calm that filled the studio on the first day of the DC Premium Space

project. Despite the natural apprehension and uncertainty of constructing a novel concept under

demanding conditions, the team knew that the necessary social foundation for collaboration,

which has been developed and learned across multiple projects, was in place to structure their

collective efforts, allowing them to freely explore for new concepts. In the sections that follow, I

will demonstrate how mutual monitoring, distributed intelligence, agility, and translation

structure the coordination of work on projects that require teams to venture into the unknown.

2.2 AGILITY: RESPONDING TO CHANGE

How many architects does it take to design a 150,000 square foot performing arts center? The

answer might surprise you. During a job interview with an architect that had over fifteen years of

experience, Pierre comments how surprised people are to discover how small OAE is relative to

the scale and ambition of the projects it is currently working on. After listing off five buildings,

whose total combined budgets exceed a billion dollars, and the competitions the firm has been

invited to enter, he tells the candidate the firm’s size. The feed of the video conference is not

frozen, it is the candidate who doesn’t know how to respond, stunned by disbelief. The five faces

in the conference rooms, on the other side of the screen, all start to grin. And rightfully so, as 18

design staff are creating buildings that are receiving significant praise for reimagining taken-for-

granted typologies by introducing ideas that seem so intuitive, but do not exist previously in

practice or imagination. Reveling in the candidate’s quiet disbelief for a few more moments,

Pierre describes how the firm’s size is part of what allowed them to push boundaries.

Paths of exploration are constantly changing when teams construct concepts that previously

did not exist in practice or imagination. Before the concept design is established, changes in

direction occur frequently and unpredictably, by example, when Pierre sits with the Playful

Performance Center team to review their progress, he changes the trajectory of the project within

a matter of a few minutes. The problem raised by the constant changes to a project’s trajectory is

that everyone on the team needs to instantaneously adapt their individual efforts to reflect the

revised collective trajectory of the team. Having to remain responsive to unpredictable changes

Page 42: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

34

in everyone else’s aspect of the project — a feature of unlearning within a project — puts

significant strain on the coordination of teams. Agility is the ability to remain hyper responsive

to the changes in other team member’s work, quickly absorbing them into the individual efforts

of the rest of the team, so that points of coordination are not lost.

When a project can be broken down into highly definable discreet tasks, they can be

sequentially engineered. Like a production line, elements of a project can be developed

autonomously and brought together with limited communication and a high degree of certainty

that they will cohesively fit together.19 Adding more members to these teams increases

operational capacity, resulting in faster throughput. Yet when a project’s outcome is not known,

increasing a team’s size does not positively correlate with increasing productivity as intuition

would suggest. For these types of projects, where interpretation, experimentation, and constant

communication are necessary, fewer members are found to be better. This is because it facilitates

styles of coordination, which I describe below, that are not possible in larger teams.

Organizational sociologists for this reason argue that small organizations should not be treated as

less sophisticated, simply based on numbers of employees (see for instance Granovetter

1984:333). We need to understand what they are doing, interpretive versus defined tasks, before

assessing how they should do it with respect to team size. By example, the 150,000 square foot

International Performing Arts Center concept was developed by five designers, with three more

members added to the team at the peak of the design phase to help execute ideas.

Across some of the top architectural and industrial design studios in the United States and

Europe tackling similarly ambitious projects, I find teams are typically composed of five to

seven designers, excluding directors and principals. Principals are the most senior in the studio,

whose voice carries the most weight, setting the vision for a project and more broadly the

direction of the studio. Directors, who help curate the work of teams before it is reviewed by a

principal, are the second most senior and more involved in the day-to-day progress of a project.

Each project has a project leader, or equivalent, who has experience leading a project and is

responsible for meeting project deadlines and keeping the team progressing forward. Then there

are project members, who are full-time employees of the office, whose responsibility is to

19 Stark 2009; Martin 2009, Martin and Christensen 2013.

Page 43: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

35

translate the vision of the principal into reality. Finally, most offices employ interns, who

temporarily join the studio during leaves from school. They are responsible for doing a lot of the

task orientated work that is distributed to them by the regular members of the studio.20 Studios

are not completely flat as is commonly assumed; a certain degree of hierarchy exists that controls

the curation of ideas and setting the vision for a project.21 They can therefore be thought of as

small collectives of individuals, working directly and interdependently with one another.

A project leader working on the International Performing Arts Center project explains the

team’s surprising size by stating, “with smaller groups you can coordinate much better.” When

teams are smaller, it is much easier for everyone to know what the other person is working on,

making it clear who to turn to for information, especially when a sense of the outcome does not

yet exist. As the performing arts center team grows to eight members, it reaches what the project

leader feels should be its maximum size, because it is “getting to a point where it is hard to keep

20 The diversity with respect to age, gender, race, class, and educational background is tremendous. By example, I interviewed principals who ranged in age from their earlier 20s to late 70s, gender, race, Ivy League educated to no formal education, and coming from elite backgrounds to what might be considered socially disadvantaged. I did not collect any data on this aspect of the studios where I conducted interviews, and although architecture is historically a white, elite profession, I conducted research with a set of studios where this was the exception and not the norm (this was not done purposefully). Research, however, shows that this is an important aspect of creative work dynamics (see for instance Bielby & Bielby 1996; Crane 1997; Grazian 2003). Given that I do not have sufficient data on this, I am not able to make any meaningful claims on its impact on the design process in creative project-based organizations. For an exceptional treatment on the role of gender, age, and socioeconomic background on creativity see Gardner 2011; also Csikszentmihalyi 2013:Ch9; Molotch 2003:49-52. Future empirical research should be conducted on this, especially the divide between highly diverse cities, like New York City and San Francisco, and less diverse cities. 21 Stark differentiates between hierarchies and heterarchies. Heterarchies reflect “the greater interdependencies of complex collaboration” (2009:19). Hierarchies he argues direct from above, engineering work across subunits. In the case of design, where collaboration is required, heterarchies he argues better reflect the interdependencies between work. Principals rarely ask for something to be designed exactly as show, thus requiring a greater degree of collaboration between them and lower ranking individuals within the studio to bring the vision to life. I find the term heterarchies to be fitting in this sense. I use the term hierarchy is the broad sense to denote levels of control over the final design concept produced. As many designers always reminded me, at the end of the day, it is the principal’s name on the door and their opinion matters the most. Although they work collaboratively, there is an asymmetry in the relationship towards the voice of the principal, then directors, followed by project leaders, project members, and finally, with the least voice, interns who are given tasks that are highly defined and require minimum judgement. The composition of these roles varied across practices, in very young studios the age distribution was limited, whereas in more established studios the distinction between levels might be decades. Unfortunately, my sample is too small to make any meaningful claims about this with respect to work practices, apart from that it varies and is an important aspect to investigate in future research on innovation within creative project-based organizations.

Page 44: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

36

up with everyone.”22 The team has surpassed its ability to effectively coordinate due to the

number of designers involved.

Agility enables team members to remain adaptive and responsive to constantly changing

project parameters as new information is learned. Without predefined points of intersection, this

approach to working, which is learned across projects, enables team members to work

independently, but still recalibrate their efforts quickly to align with the collective trajectory of

the team without significant lags. To remain agile, teams at my field site remain small to reduce

diminishing returns as additional members are added and own aspects of the project so that

everyone knows who to turn to for what information.

Without a clearly defined solution to work towards, especially during the initial design phase,

there is a limit on the number of elements that can be developed simultaneously. As the team’s

size increases, members will start to work on aspects whose parameters have not yet been

established. “I think it is bad to branch out too far, says Aldo when asked about team size. “It is

better to really focus on a few key things,” he elaborates “and really develop those and move on

to the next thing with those same people, rather than trying to do everything at once and not

coming together.” Focusing a team’s effort, which can be achieved by limiting its size, is critical

for remaining agile and, in turn, the successful collective integration of independent work.

When a team’s work outpaces the development of the core principles of a project that will

drive the development of connected elements, like the façade, the probability of producing work

that will not cohesively fit together increases. This is because novel design concepts emerge

through the interaction of multiple elements, shaping and redefining the direction of the project.

Aldo’s concern is that when one or two elements are developed ahead of the rest, the designers

working on them will not gain the resolution and understanding of the issues that the other team

members are getting through constant interaction. Like the choreography of a dance, sociologists

22 During design competitions, in which studios have as little as one month to develop a highly-resolved concept for a project, teams often consume entire offices. It would not be unusual for 15 to 20 designers to work on a high-profile competition. During these instances, teams are simultaneously designing and producing. There is no clear transition between the two phases. Core designers will get help from other members of the studio to complete work that is broken up into relatively defined tasks.

Page 45: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

37

of creativity argue that the timing of when creative ideas comes together is everything.23 If the

components are out of sync — in this case, ahead of time — the rest won’t make sense. In other

words, a designer cannot work on an element outside of the coordinating interactions of the

team, without risking that their work will not fit physically and stylistically into the emerging

design. Working ahead is not productive, but destructive for collective progress. For this reason,

Elaine, who was asked to create sculptural staircases for the International Performing Arts Center

project, waited a few hours until she received the updated plans and elevations from her

teammate, Jean. Rather than spending hours developing work that would not fit into the

parameters of the building, and then having to start over again, Elaine patiently waited until she

had a defined starting point, where one piece of work organically flowed into the next.

The sense of team cohesion and awareness is adversely impacted as more members are

added. There comes a point, which is different for every project, when it is no longer efficient to

meet as an entire team. Spontaneous informal team meetings are harder to hold because members

are working on elements that are not immediately connected to one another. Consequently,

informal meetings and reviews take place between subsets of members, splitting the team into

smaller projects. When her team grows to nine members, Tory, a junior designer at OAE,

remarks, the “team is so big, I feel that tasks are more divided, and I am only on part of the

project.” Splitting a team to focus their work by reducing the number of designers working on an

aspect of a project is not an effective strategy for increasing the number of designers allocated to

a team. The underlying issues of disrupting the choreography of the different elements

emergence remains a problem that plagues the collective integration of work.

One of the consequences of this breakdown in coordination Wegner (1986:198) argues is a

partially constructed “collective cognition,” leaving “certain individuals not knowing who is

expert in important domains of knowledge.” As a result, team members do not know who to turn

to, to get information from, resulting in lags in coordination. A designer on another project

remarks that after the team size shrank from eight members to five, “I get these moments where

it feels like we are all in the project together on the same page.” Her sense of the team being

“…all in the project together on the same page,” speaks to the feeling of coordination among all

23 See for instance Ford and Sullivan 2004; Harrison and Rouse 2014.

Page 46: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

38

the elements being developed simultaneously. Rather than feeling disjointed from the team, like

Tory, she feels she has a good overview of what everyone is working on, and how the different

elements would intersect and overlap, enabling her to be immediately responsive to changes in

another element rather than having to wait until the subgroups regroup collectively. She knows

who to integrate her work with and how.

When teams are smaller, the individual elements of a project emerge into a synthetic and

cohesive design concept naturally through constant interaction and collective oversight. In

instances where teams become split, and members feel “…only on part of the project,” different

elements require more coercion and retrofitting to come together, resulting in a forced design

with awkward moments that take additional time to resolve.

These enabling benefits of an agile team also put significant pressure on a few individuals to

come up with novel design concepts. Often working until three a.m. in the studio, just to come in

a few hours later to continue work, during the initial concept design phase, small teams endure

significant emotional strain.24 After countless nights of not getting enough sleep and the

relentless pressure to produce work, designers are visibly exhausted both emotionally and

physically. It is not uncommon for tempers to flair. Rather than having multiple people to test

and experiment with different ideas for an element, one individual is put under significant

pressure to produce ideas. One designer at OAE stats that this results in producing a lot of work

between meetings, without having the necessary time to process or really think through the

issues. This is a common complaint amongst designers at OAE who feel the pressure to produce

limits the time to think through complex problems and in some cases, stop developing promising

ideas that require more time to develop than a simpler option. This limits the kind of innovation

produced by teams to ideas that do not require long periods of investigation and incubation. This

also limits the number of people working on any one aspect at a time, which I discuss next.

24 At OAE teams rarely worked over the weekend, and when they did it was to complete a competition. A long-time employee told me that when the firm started, they worked almost every weekend, however over time they opted to work later under the week. Every studio is different in this respect. The workloads are typically the same, what changes is how time is distributed across the seven days of a week. By example, if a studio has a standard 9:30-18:30 workday, it is likely that they will work more frequently over weekends to meet deadlines. This is determined by the culture within the studio, and how previous competitions have been tackled — i.e., the practices learned across projects within the studio.

Page 47: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

39

Before the design concept is established, elements shift quickly and unpredictably as new

information is gathered. With the pressure to produce concepts quickly, the challenge facing

teams is reducing redundancy in output produced and lags in exchanging information, which is

vital to exploring as many ideas as possible within the limited timeframe. Ownership of elements

on the project, like the visualization of details, in which sole responsibility is attributed to one

individual, allows for a nimbler and more connected team because dependencies and

responsibilities are clearly defined, which ultimately helps to coordinate the integration of

collective efforts.

When the number of members on a team exceeds the number of elements it can work on

simultaneously before losing focus, a number that varies project to project, multiple members

will be assigned to a single element. This results in a team doing as Aldo says:

So many studies that are just nonsense, like four people testing the site plan. That is okay,

but you can only have one, so we are going to have four people making options, resulting in

twenty options, with many of the options overlapping. It is just a waste of time.

This explanation from Aldo highlights the fact that more is not necessarily better when it comes

to the number of team members assigned to a project.25 A project can only have one site plan,

which illustrates the context in which a project will be placed. Learned across projects,

developing multiple overlapping options is not an efficient expenditure of individual efforts or

collective efforts to evaluate which iteration of the site plan will be selected. This wastes time

and stresses coordination by unnecessarily introducing friction into the team when selecting an

option.

Multiple people responsible for one element of the project also raises issues of coordination

of individual efforts within the development of the element, and between the other elements of

the project. Through ownership, everyone on the team knows who is “responsible for encoding,

25 In his classic book on software engineering, Fredrick Brooks (1995) reflects on a similar challenge of breaking up new code to increase the speed of production. With the ever-present threat of introducing “bugs” as components are broken up and coded by separate individuals, he proposes that one person lay out the basic architecture, system design, and write the code. Breaking up components of a design project, and having multiple people work on individual sub-components is also inherently fraught with problems. For this reason, during the early design phase, what Fredrick refers to as the basic architecture and system design, it is more efficient for one designer to tackle a component.

Page 48: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

40

storage, and retrieval of any new information” associated with an aspect of the project, which is

vital to developing what social psychologists refer to as a system of distributed intelligence

within the team.26 During the initial design phase, “it is hard to have multiple people working on

things and coordinate it because everything is changing so quickly. It is better if someone owns

the aspect of the project.” When two or more individuals are responsible for collecting all the

necessary information about an element of the project, there will be significant redundancy in the

collective knowledge base of the team. Although everyone interprets information differently,

situations arise where it is not clear who is collecting the knowledge. Two members scrambling

through their notebooks to discover neither had the necessary information was the most obvious

sign of this at OAE. A lack of clear ownership strains the formation of a system collective

cognition within the team, because it is unclear who knows what, and in turn, who to turn to for

what information.

Multiple ownership also makes it difficult for members working on different aspects of the

project to know who to go to, for what information, pertaining to that element. Meeting with

multiple people to parse out the same information is cumbersome; slowing down the

development of connected and overlapping elements of the project. Therefore, adding more

people to a team does not necessarily increase its productive capacity.27 When teams assign

ownership to one individual, coordination between members becomes easier.

Albeit enabling coordination under conditions of uncertainty, assigning ownership can also

create tensions within the collective, which, in turn, constrains innovation. Fearing losing control

over an aspect of the project, individuals can become defensive over their aspect at the expense

of getting input from other individuals. On more than one occasion at OAE, when a member was

temporarily added to an established project team, and their presences was viewed as a threat to a

member’s authority over a piece of the project, information was withheld and owners would be

skeptical and defensive of new ways of developing the aspect. When this is the case, across

project learning is inhibited, limiting the ability for the past experiences of other members of the

firm to influence the construction of evolving concepts. The influence of personal attachment to

26 Wegner 1986:192. 27 Brooks 1995.

Page 49: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

41

aspects of knowledge, creating defensive barriers to constructing a system of collective

cognition, is not typically considered by social physiologists. Yet my case demonstrates that

designers develop personal attachments to aspects of a project, which erect barriers to

establishing these systems. I find trust between members of a team, which can only be fostered

overtime, reduces defensive acts. This indicates that organizations who wish to benefit from the

power of systems of collective cognition, need to work on creating trust within and between

teams, through team building exercises and less overt practices of bridging personal differences.

Teams at OAE that eat lunch together are often more connected than those that split off to eat

individually.

Constructing concepts that previously did not exist in practice or imagination results in continually

changing paths of exploration as new information is gathered by individual team members. The

constant changes in direction places significant burden on individual members to instantaneously

adapt to new lines of inquiry to successfully coordinate their efforts to collectively construct a

cohesive design concept. Exploiting lessons learned across previously successful project teams,

new teams are given the confidence that their efforts will be collectively structured to explore for

novel concepts. When agility is developed, and learned across projects, and present in the

collaborative fabric of a team, my research demonstrates that teams are equipped to rapidly adjust

to new information, mitigating the risk of misalignment. When teams attempt to establish

collaborative practices anew for every project, there is a higher possibility that they will not be

equipped to remain hyper responsive to the uncertainty of exploration, resulting in failed efforts.

2.3 MUTUAL MONITORING: MAPPING SHIFTING TOPOGRAPHIES OF WORK

“So close” exclaims Philip, a junior architect working at OAE, as he thrusts himself back in his

chair in frustration to the point of almost falling over backwards. “What’s the problem?” asks

Aldo, the project leader on the Metro Skyscraper project. Propping himself up on the length of

table that separates their workstations, Aldo leans over to get a better look at Philip’s computer

monitor. “Soooo close,” says Philip again, zooming into the misaligned plan to make his point.

Looking at the plans, Aldo does not say anything. The core of the commercial high-rise

project that houses the elevator shafts and stairwells, which Philip has been attempting to make

more efficient for the past week, will not accommodate one of the stairwells required by code. If

Page 50: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

42

he cannot resolve the current scheme’s issues, they will have to opt for a less efficient and

radically different core configuration. If this turns out to be the case, Aldo will have to alter the

massing options he is currently working on to fit a larger core. Throughout the afternoon, Aldo

keeps a close watch on Philip’s computer screen, never saying anything, just watching.

Unlearning within projects results in teams pursuing ideas that lack predefined endpoints that

can be agreed upon at the outset to coordinate collective efforts. This unpredictability is

heightened at the start of a project when the overall direction is not known. As individual

production efforts lead team members down unfamiliar paths, like in the case involving Philip

above, the direction of their work is constantly changing in unpredictable ways. They don’t know

where they are going. The problem raised by unlearning is coordinating the intertwining of

multiple pieces of work that are being produced individually. Mutual monitoring, which is the

practice of constantly mapping the production of the individual aspects of work being developed

by other members of the team, helps address this problem.

“The more the project members must take into account how their actions will shape the

parameters of others,” argues Stark (2009:102), “the more they must increase the lines of lateral

accountability.”28 This is because the emergence of novel concepts is typically treated by

cultural sociologists as a collective act, in which clarity and direction is gained through the

constant interaction of team members and the individual elements they are producing through

their individual acts of exploration. These patterns of interaction transform not only the elements

being developed, but the team members’ understanding of the solution they are collectively

working towards.29 Mutual monitoring enables what Padgett and Ansell (1993:1263) call the

multivocality of action, where “single actions can be interpreted coherently from multiple

perspectives simultaneously,” and that these “single actions can be moves in many games at

once.”30 For the emergence of design, I find the individual work being produce and the collective

understanding of what they are working towards are the primary games in which single actions

impact multiple perspectives simultaneously. The complexity of these patterns of interactions

28 See also Grabher 2002. 29 McDonnell et al. 2017:7. 30 This also reflects Addams (1893:44-45) that perplexity — or the situation that is wanting or lacking in some respect — stems from the “mystery and complexity of life” (see also Schneiderhan 2011 for a good overview).

Page 51: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

43

requires that practices for monitoring the progress of other team members’ work are learned

across projects.

Not all aspects of a project, however, are equally influential in setting the parameters of other

components. “When you are working on plans, for example, if you change a perimeter wall then

everyone has to change everything,” explains Elaine, a junior designer working on the Metro

Skyscraper project with Philip and Aldo. “But I am just doing studies of a certain part of the

building so I feel independent from the group.” Her shifting connection to the team highlights the

changing influence that an individual designer’s work has on the collective shaping and

understanding of a project. Sometimes your work is intimately tied to the development of others

and, in other cases, your work is independent, at least for the time being. The games in which

single actions play are therefore not always equal. In some instances, single actions directly

influence the unraveling of a game in which multiple actors are involved and, in others, they

respond to the unraveling of the game from the sideline. Knowing the impact of your current

work on the overall development of the project, is something designers learn across projects.

Mutual monitoring enables team members to map the constantly changing dependencies and

direction of the team’s collective efforts. This involves knowing who is doing what, and who to

turn to at what point, to coordinate, work with or get information from. To chart the constantly

shifting topography of dependencies and direction — for multivocality of action — of

independent work within the team, designers at my field site use four primary methods of mutual

monitoring: morning meetings, informal reviews, glances, and email.31

Breaking with familiar routines and established knowledge can pull a team in many different

directions. Without a point of orientation to work towards, a team can drift apart quickly.

Morning meetings provide teams with goals to collectively guide their individual processes of

discovery, providing insights into the individual actions of team members.

As the name suggests, morning meetings are held early in the day. Once a team’s project

leader has arrived in the office, along with a few other members of the team, they informally

meet. Initiated by the project leader pulling their chair towards the rest of the team, they briefly

31 Padgett and Ansell 1993:1263

Page 52: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

44

form a circle, occupying the space in between their desks. No formal agenda exists for these

meetings. Apart from a rough idea of the list of deliverables that needs to be produced for a

meeting or presentation, or comments left for the team by the firm’s principal that need to be

absorbed into their work, the discussion is informal and unstructured.

Not everyone is expected to comment on one another’s issues. In fact, in most instances, they

do not unless someone explicitly asked for input or help on resolving an issue, or two members

need to coordinate how their work will intersect. Team members discuss what they are going to

work on that day and how they will roughly approach it. Excessive detail is not given, nor

required. Just an indication of the direction they will be working in. This level of detail is

sufficient to coordinate the choreography of the team.

During the concept design phase, when the primary elements of a project are in constant flux,

morning meetings provide the team with a rough idea of where everyone is and, more

importantly, where they are going that day. It provides a planning timeframe, almost too long,

when elements are changing by the minute.

Elaine, who sits immediately behind Philip and would have been at the receiving end of his

tumble, does not turn around when she hears his aggravated groan. This isn’t out of a lack of

empathy. Frustration and failure are a daily part of work in a design studio — far more common

than gratification. Philip’s actions don’t register a response because Elaine is working on an

unconnected element of the project. Aldo, on the other hand, knows that if Philip is frustrated,

surely it will impact him. Without morning meetings, teams will only see what other members

are working on when they have formal meetings, likely discovering after completing a

significant amount of work that they are all working in different directions that will not come

together to form a synthetic and cohesive design concept. In short, this will lead to a failure in

choreography.

Before a concept design is established, the direction of the project is constantly changing as

members return to the team with new and often unanticipated findings. During this initial phase

of discovery, the possibility for misalignment or complete disharmony in integrating individually

produced work is tremendous. Informal reviews provide team members with an indication of

what issues the other members on the team are currently working on resolving. My research

demonstrates that these moments signal where each member is going with their work. Learned

Page 53: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

45

across projects, this enables team members to assess when it is appropriate to collectively

integrate. This is the point in elastic coordination, as Harrison and Rouse (2014) call it, when the

preverbal rubber band brings everyone together again. The shock of integration, like the snap of

a rubber band, when only a part of the whole converges on the center is typically not considered

in these theories of coordination. I find that informal reviews help to dissipate this shock, by

bringing everyone, equally, together at about the same time.

Throughout the day, when milestones are met, usually established during morning meetings,

team members informally gather around someone’s desk to review work. If a study, with

multiple options, needs to be displayed, members gather in the conference room where multiple

sheets of paper can be laid out on the large table to provide an overview of all the options that are

currently being tested for an idea. In the very early days of a project, when the driving ideas of a

concept are not established, existing only as vague notions, informal meetings include more

members of the team, because dependencies of work are not clear. The informal meeting that

takes place between the team working on the DC Premium Space project on the morning of the

first day of work, brings together the entire team. What at first seems like a minor reconciliation

of information between Sheela and Kim quickly affects all the elements and team members.

Depending on the work’s level of completion, measured in iterations rather than terminal

completion, the firm’s principal will join in. He serves as a critic to select options and set the

direction, albeit very vague at the beginning of the design phase, for the next iteration. Pierre,

however, is often stretched thin across multiple projects and other responsibilities. Without the

time to dictate solutions, Pierre’s schedule enables unlearning within projects by providing only

brief moments of intervention. Brief moments for guiding collective work efforts, however, often

turn into hours until he has time to sit down with the team. These instances often result in lags in

production that frustrate the team, slowing down collective reintegration and, in turn, the forward

momentum of exploration.

During the initial design of the Playful Performance Center project, which challenges the

boundaries between front and back stage, dynamism is the rule.32 The primary elements of the

concept are not locked in yet, resulting in sudden and unpredictable changes as new ideas are

32 OAE broke down many of the boundaries Erving Goffman (1959) analogously identified in his seminal work The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life.

Page 54: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

46

introduced to the design that cascade quickly through the other elements being developed.

During this time, members often get up from their desk to discuss their work with another

member whose work directly impacts theirs. They typically bring with them a plan or sketch to

guide their conversation. Meeting formally would be too cumbersome, slowing down progress

and the flow of the project. Rather than formally setting times to meet, individuals pull up a chair

or lean over their colleague’s desk to share information, which is an example of a practice

learned across projects. Yet decisions are not always clear. Following a quick review in the

conference room with Pierre, the DC Premium Space team realizes after he leaves that everyone

has a different impression of the direction they were asked to move in. Causing more confusion

than clarity, the team realizes they need to further detail the elements under consideration, adding

more information to them, to get clearer insight from Pierre.33

The frequency of informal meetings enables the team to move very quickly and in a

coordinated manner, but often at the detriment of taking a pause to think through challenging

issues. Multiple members at OAE complain about this, constraining team members to revert to

less ambitious ideas that they feel are more easily executable. The pressure to reintegrate, which

grows as individuals explore further away from the center of the group, pulls them back. This

essentially limits how far out individuals in creative project-based organizations can search,

before the effort to demonstrate the value of an idea exceeds the period in between reviews.

When elastic coordination is the dynamic that dictates how teams separate and then reintegrate,

firms need to consider how the cadence of meetings will influence the conformity of teams.

Members will only endure the sting of the proverbial elastic band so many times before limiting

how far they stretch it in the search for novel ideas, which is an example of practices learned

across projects. This varies project by project and in relation to the project’s phase of

development. No two projects are alike, requiring directors to constantly recalibrate the cadence

of meetings to ensure designers are not artificially limiting their explorations.

Without checkpoints throughout the journey of discovery, which allow for assessment of the

progress of other team members’ independent work, it is hard to assess when to collectively

33 Like the Medici, Pierre often acted ambiguously, with interests that were themselves multivocal and not orientated towards clear ends (Padgett and Ansell 1993:1307), often causing confusion among the team trying to interpret them.

Page 55: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

47

reintegrate. Constantly checking in on teammates is disruptive to independent workflows.

Glances unobtrusively and quickly provide an update for future patterns of coordination.34 The

power of face-to-face exchanges is highlighted by Grabber (2002:209) who writes:

The tighter the project schedule and the less a clear separation of specific tasks can be

programmed, the stronger are the imperatives for face-to-face exchange … spatial

proximity facilitates the continuous ‘monitoring’ of the relevant pool of resources and

potential collaborators.

Physical configuration of teams therefore matters for coordinating work.

Walking through the studio to a meeting, the kitchen for a cup of coffee, or out to lunch, it is

hard not to glance at the computer monitors of other designers. The two large, ultra-high

definition screens, a common fixture across studios, grab your attention. Sneaking a glance at a

teammate’s screen, a practice that is learned across projects, can reveal a lot of information. Is it

time to pull up a chair and see what we have, or have they not reached a point where our two

aspects of the project can come together? Are they able to answer a question about the placement

of a wall, or are they not there yet? A quick glance over a shoulder oftentimes is enough to

answer these questions and to guide collective reintegration.

The physical configuration of a team within the studio is therefore important to facilitating

these unobtrusive status updates to coordinate collective reintegration. Collocation, which refers

to physically proximate work, while important, does not in itself enhance the ability of

teammates to quickly glance at one another’s work.35 At OAE, they find that sitting with their

backs to one another is the optimal seating arrangement. This might sound counter-intuitive.

Being able to see someone’s face across from you is easier for assessing if they are concentrated

and if checking in with them will interrupt their flow of work. But this makes it awkward to see

34 Grabher (2002:209) writes, “the tighter the project schedule and the less a clear separation of specific tasks can be programmed, the stronger are the imperatives for face-to-face exchange … spatial proximity facilitates the continuous ‘monitoring’ of the relevant pool of resources and potential collaborators …” 35 Examining the collocation of collaborators, Lee and colleges demonstrate that the physical proximity of collaborators is positively associated with publication impact (2010). The authors, however, are not able to explain how proximity facilitates collaboration or leads to higher quality research that tends to be cited more — the key finding of their study. Employing quantitative techniques, the authors are not able to examine the unique social contexts within which collaborators work.

Page 56: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

48

where they are at with their work, without physically getting up. With teams typically ranging

from five to seven members, you can at best see the screens of the two members seated

immediately next to you. When seated back-to-back, with three designers on each side, everyone

can see each other’s screens with a quick glance. Over the course of the initial concept design

phase of the DC Premium Office project, Sheela would startle Kim, having to physically get up

and stand over Kim’s shoulder to see where she was at with her work. Interrupting both of their

flows of work to get a simple update of when it was appropriate to coordinate their work.36

Given that lines of dependencies are constantly and unpredictably changing — a feature of

constructing novel concepts whose process of creation cannot be coordinated in advance — the

person next to you might be counting on your work today, but tomorrow it will be the person

behind you. Ease of oversight of the entire team is imperative when dependencies are constantly

shifting and the pace of work is not amenable to constant “formal” check-ins. An architectural

studio in Chicago took this one step further. Occupying a massive open plan floor plate, all the

furniture is modular, allowing teams to physically move their desks, easily changing position as

members are added and removed from teams and as lines of dependencies in work change.37

Spatial flexibility of this extreme allows the plasticity of coordination demanded by explorations

for novel concepts.

Even in design disciplines where monitors are not as pervasive, studios find it advantageous

to tightly cluster teams into project spaces so that everyone can see the in-progress work of their

team mates. By example, at IBM’s main design studio in Austin, Texas, where teams are

tackling broader questions of how the organization thinks rather than product development,

designers work in tightly coupled project spaces. Whiteboard walls suspended by tracks in the

36 The DC Premium Space project was dispersed across the studio. When it started the team was quickly brought together from other teams and the office was not reorganized at the time to bring them together. Realizing the difficulties this was causing in the team, when compared to other projects, the seating arrangement within the studio was changed to ease communication between the team. This is an example of learning practices between projects, and then deploying them in a new team, to facilitate coordination. 37 Understanding the subtle cues of when and how to interrupt another member of the team is an invaluable skill in this intense and high paced environment. Quickly learning the nuances of how to interrupt each team member is important to knowing when it is appropriate to pull a chair up, or when they are still in the middle of work. As one designer reflected on the various teams he was part of, “they all have different vibes.” His statement speaks to the idiosyncratic nature of team dynamics. No two teams are alike, requiring members to quickly assess how best to work with one another so as not to unnecessarily introduce conflict and disharmony into an already tense work environment.

Page 57: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

49

ceiling, which allow the space to grow with the team, are covered with pictures, scribbled notes,

hand-drawn diagrams, and a fluorescent array of Post-It Notes. In the middle of the workspaces,

large conference tables are covered by notebooks and whatever documents the team is currently

working on.

Tight project grouping has an isolating effect, however. Members of OAE often remark that

they haven’t spoken for months with long-time colleagues working on other projects. Although

getting entrenched within a team productively enables coordination, it has the adverse effect of

limiting the exchange of information across teams, reducing between project learning until

members physically come together when they work on a project together — which may not be

for years.

Finding moments to provide other team members with insight into an individual’s production

can at times be challenging. Whether team mates are consumed in focused work or coordination

requires multiple team members to collaborate, finding windows of time when everyone is at a

natural pause in their work rhythm can be difficult. Despite the small size of design teams, they

can at times feel distant and disconnected. Email and instant messenger services help overcome

these challenges of coordination by bridging chasms erected by focused individual work.

During the initial design phase of the DC Premium Space project, Stephen — a “rock star”

intern, as he is remembered by his colleagues — produces twenty plus options for each of the

features he is studying for the lobby. With the other members of the team working on different

aspects of the project, pulling everyone together is too difficult. An attempt to do so at the start

of the project, when he first starts his internship, fails because not everyone is at a natural

stopping point in their work. Sending the study with ideas he is testing for the design via email

allows everyone to quickly scroll through the package when it is most convenient for them,

select the options they like, and provide brief comments that are shared with everyone on the

team through the email thread.

The package also signals to the two designers working on plans and elevations, Sheela and

Kim respectively, that Stephen is experimenting with designs for the lobby that are both single

and double height. If everyone likes the double-height options they will have to change their

Page 58: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

50

current work, which accounts for a single-height lobby, to account for the additional space

required above the lobby to double the height of the ceilings.38 This is an example of how email

virtually pulls the team together, unobtrusively, to gather feedback.

When members of a team are inundated with emails from the various stakeholders of a

project, emails can get overlooked or lose priority. It is not uncommon for team members to have

to send follow up emails to get feedback, slowing down their progress. When this occurrs, the

strategy of getting incremental feedback as people became available to speed up the process of

getting collective feedback fails. Despite their potential productivity gains, emails limit the kind

of feedback provided to plain text or annotated images. Text and annotations by itself strips the

feedback of the emotive qualities that often are more telling of a reviewer’s experience when

conveyed in person.39 When the objective is expressive work that transforms how spaces are

experienced, which is fundamental to creative project-based organizations, this can significantly

hinder the construction of these concepts.

With teammates constantly monitoring the progress of each other’s work, it requires a certain

sense of vulnerability on the side of the designer. The multiple methods for monitoring each

other’s work leaves little room for designers to conduct completely private work. Yet part of

constructing ideas that previously did not exist in current practice or imagination is

experimentation, which disproportionately leads to failure. At no point at OAE do designers

personally criticize a teammate for proposing an idea. The idea might be axed or the argument

for producing it might be challenged, but the creator is never attacked personally. Yet despite

this, to be successful in a highly ambitious practice like OAE, designers need to be willing to fail

often in front of their peers and not let it censor their drive to explore into the unknown. As many

designers tell me, it takes thick skin.

38 Lengthy emails from the firm’s principal were common during the initial design phase. With multiple projects in various phases of development and other responsibilities, the firm’s principal was unable to review all the work being produced in person. Detailed emails provided points for further refining aspects of the project. Teams collectively reviewed these emails, even if they were focused on only a few aspects of the project. Everyone keenly aware that the changes the principal was requesting for one aspect, could quickly impact another aspect with respect to how they come together. 39 Dewey 2005[1934], specifically chapter 8 “The Organization of Energies.”

Page 59: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

51

Pursuing ideas that lack predefined endpoints that can be agreed upon at the outset of collective

efforts poses challenges to coordinating the intertwining of multiple pieces of work that are

produced individually. Exploiting practices learned across projects for coordinating the

collective integration of individual efforts is vital to exploration or unlearning within projects.

When procedures for mutual monitoring are in place and can be relied upon to structure the

collective exploration of a team, my research demonstrates teams are equipped to take greater

risks and push the boundaries, with the confidence that they are not working in different

direction. Rather than limiting exploration by establishing points of intersection at the outset,

when procedures for mutual monitoring are woven into the social fabric of a studio, teams can

focus on exploration, trusting it will come together, rather than negotiating coordination.

2.4 DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE: SHAPING THE DIRECTION OF DISCOVERY

“The massing is good,” says Pierre, the principal of OAE, but the “form isn’t there yet.” Sitting

at Reinier’s desk, a junior architect on the Playful Performance Center project, Pierre scrolls

through the options the team has produced for the building’s shape. With a client, whose

ambitions for the project are incredibly high, the principal wants to develop a concept that

reimagines how students of the school for which the project is being developed interact with the

space. “We need to do something exciting,” says Pierre as he cycles through the images over and

over again. “It needs to be innovative, but what that is, I don’t know,” he tells the team who have

congregated around him. Reinier and Aldo, who are responsible for the form, don’t say a word.

Noticing that the entire team is looking at him with confusion, he picks up a pencil and

sketches a few ideas on a scrap of paper — a few lines that suggest a shape. Providing very

vague comments, he gets up and walks away. Pulling their chairs up to the table, Reinier says to

Aldo, “how do you want to start?” For the next hour, both try to interpret how to absorb Pierre’s

comments.

Venturing into the unknown, part of unlearning within a project, requires teams to grapple

with ideas that are not well defined. This state of ambiguity is heightened at the start of a project

when the possible routes of exploration are almost limitless. Lying beyond the interpretive grasp

of a single individual alone, like in the case of Reinier and Aldo attempting to interpret what it

means to do “something exciting,” it takes multiple perspectives to construct novel concepts. The

Page 60: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

52

problem raised by unlearning within a project is coordinating the interpretive power of multiple

team members’ individual efforts to shape the collective meaning and paths of exploration

pursued by the team. Distributed intelligence is the act of combining knowledge within the team

to develop a response to complex issues that harnesses the capabilities of multiple individuals.

Constructing novel concepts “depend[s] on an elaborate body of collective knowledge and

diverse skills.”40 This is described as “collective cognition,” by Hargadon and Bechky

(2006:486), which “connects individual ideas and experiences in ways that both redefine and

resolve the demands of emerging situations.” One individual alone therefore cannot resolve the

design challenges faced by creative project-based organizations like OAE.

Teams, however, are formed because other projects in the studio enter dormant or less labor

intensive phases. And despite efforts to form rounded teams, the demands of a project are not

known in advance, given that issues requiring unique resolutions are not fully apparent at the

start of a project. Teams, therefore, according to Jean, a creative director at OAE, “organically”

decide who will do what when they first form.41 With a general sense of who is good at what

within the studio, members naturally gravitate towards the aspects that they are best at.42 Simply,

“because they can quickly accomplish things.” This is a recurring explanation provided by

designers at OAE for self-assignment of responsibilities, which is an overt example of learning

across projects. “It becomes productive,” exclaims Jean. “Maybe it takes a little time to settle

down, but then it becomes pretty damn productive.”43 The period of “settling down,” refers to

40 Grabher 2002:205. 41 This echoes Grabher’s statement on creative project that “they depend on an elaborate body of collective knowledge and diverse skills, yet there is mostly not sufficient time to clarify abilities and competencies of members in order to plan for a detailed division of labour in advance” (2002:205). 42 “The construction of a working transactive memory in a group is a fairly automatic consequence of social perception…” of what other members are good at and can be expected to know (Wegner 1986:194). In the studio, designers generally know who is best at what, and will default to them to take ownership. When multiple people were good at an aspect, typically the person most proficient would take ownership. This “social perception” of who is best is considered a double-edged sword. People get very good in a particular skill, which allows them to quickly develop ideas, but they also get held into that skills set, limiting their ability to expand their repertoire of skills. 43 When people are new to the office there is a period of uncertainty as to how they will integrate into a team. When social perception is limited [see previous note] team members will not know what strengths the new member has, and if they can be relied upon to take responsibility for a specific domain of knowledge. Wenger states, “transactive memory can be built because individuals in a group accept responsibility for knowledge” (1986:194). Issues with reliability were most prevalent when interns started in the studio who had little previous experience and were still learning the collaborative practice of encoding, storing, and retrieving domain specific information. Some grasped it quickly and became strong additions to the studio that could be counted on to “own a section” of the project, while

Page 61: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

53

the time it takes a newly formed team to learn about each others’ domains of expertise and how

they apply to a particular project. Once a general understanding is established of who to draw on

for what knowledge, and the member’s proficiency, the team forms a “collective cognition”

whose knowledge is larger and more complex than that of its members individually.44

Distributed intelligence, which is a practice learned across projects, enables team members to

combine the unique and diverse interpretive perspective of each team member to collectively

construct novel concepts. To do so the designers at my field site rely on distributed intelligence

to collectively construct meaning and set parameters for each other’s individual work efforts.

In the absence of being asked to design something exactly as shown, a rare request at the start of

the design process, teams must translate the vision of the principal, which can be as vague as a

few lines on a piece of paper or statement, into actionable insights. OAE’s principal, along with

those of other design practices recognized for developing truly novel design concepts, do not

believe in napkin sketches.45 In other words, ideas are not engineered from above and then

delegated to design staff.46 Serving as a curator of ideas, the principal’s comments only suggest a

direction. My research demonstrates that the challenge facing teams is figuring out how to

realize the direction provided by the principal, and in doing so construct meaning through the

collective interaction of the team member’s individual skills and perspectives.

Remaining in the conference room or around a designer’s desk after the firm’s principal has

left the meeting is not uncommon. In fact, during the initial development of a concept, it is rare

for a team to return to their respective desks without first discussing how to absorb Pierre’s

others required constant supervision and another member to take account of what they were accountable for. This duplication of encoding, storing, and retrieving information is not efficient, reducing the ability to rely on the team member when the pace intensified. 44 See Wegner et al. 1991; Wegner 1986. 45 In response to a question about avoiding self-plagiarism, a director of one of the world’s most recognized industrial design agencies elegantly told me “we try to be as true to our specific problem as possible, versus having an outside point of view that we impose on something.” Across studios, industries, and specialties, designers gave similar answers: “we have to develop different methods to deal with different problems.” For all of them, designing the process was one of the greatest challenges of developing a design concept. Refusing to force previous solutions, on new problems — even if they are the same problem, the designers would argue that the conditions, contexts, and expectations were constantly changing and required updated process to arrive at unique solutions. This is what they mean when they state we do not do “napkin sketches.” In essence, they are trying to do the exact opposite of Gehry’s supposed process for designing the IAC building in Manhattan (Pollack 2006). 46 Stark 2009:101.

Page 62: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

54

comments and direction for the next round of iterations. These “post-meeting” meetings,

however, are not as simple as discussing how to integrate clearly defined recommendations into

each member’s existing work. Recognizing that the massing, or volume, of the Playful

Performance Center project addresses the functional and programmatic requirements in an

efficient and elegant way, Pierre is not pleased with the building’s form.47 But he too is unclear

what it means to do something “exciting” or “innovative” with it. He could only provide Reinier

and Aldo with sketches and very abstract comments to guide them. Like the Cosimo de’ Medici,

who is described as an “indecipherable sphinx,” Pierre is not decisive in what he wants during

the initial concept design phase (Padgett and Ansell 1993:1262). Through multivocal interests,

“which are interpreted coherently from different perspectives simultaneously” he encourages the

team to construct meaning from his visions. The very act of being indecipherable provides a

relatively flexible opportunity space to explore for the team. I find this is instrumental in

providing direction in innovative organizations and encouraging exploration. When leaders

provide highly defined, explicit instructions, teams will focus narrowly on executing that exact

vision, which stands in contrast to how sociologists typically treat the emergence of novelty.

Constructing meaning is a collective negotiation between members of a team because design

solutions are not realized through one approach alone. Developing and simultaneously

recognizing an emerging solution’s potential requires multiple competencies and perspectives to

come together in a coordinated manner — a coordination act, which is learned across projects.

The two designers who attempt to interpret what Pierre is suggesting with his comments and

sketches for the Playful Performance Center project have very different competencies. Aldo, who

is responsible for plans, is considered the best in the studio at spatial organization; and Reinier,

how is responsible for rendering and modeling, is considered one of the best visual designers at

OAE. A third designer, Jean, who is drawn into the conversation when they realize the

implication of the comment’s effects on other aspects of the design, is considered especially

strong at fine detailing elevations. None of these competencies alone or in sequence can

47 The functional and programmatic requirements of a project refers to the specific spaces that must be included in a project to meet the requirements set out by the client, as well as by legal code and construction. By example, for the Playful Performing Arts project, this includes classrooms, performance space, and a set shop, as well as life safety egress, HVAC conduits, and plumbing, to name only a few. This is the organization of everything that needs to be in a building to make it function as intended and meet strict code and building regulations.

Page 63: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

55

efficiently or effectively interpret the meaning of the comments. Working together, the three

discuss how different ways of absorbing the comments will affect the design from their unique

perspectives. For instance, if we sink the entire theater of the Playful Performance Center into

the ground, what will that mean for plans and elevations. This reflects the power of team

members absorbing vague comments from directors, which can be interpreted coherently from

multiple and often competing perspectives simultaneously. In this instance, the different strands

of interpretation are brought together to develop a cohesive design concept that could not have

been envisioned by Pierre at the outset.

This “integrative process” is considered by Wegner (1986) to be “among the most important

events in groups because they manufacture new knowledge.”48 It reinforces the old saying, if

you are holding a hammer, everything looks like a nail. In this case, the team has an entire

toolbox to develop a novel solution, which could not be realized by a hammer alone. Drawing on

each member’s unique knowledge of their aspect of the project, they integrate their knowledge

through discussions to construct meaning out of the vague comments given by Pierre. What the

individual members of a team take away from a meeting with the principal is not always clear.

After the principal gives feedback, “different people think different things. People are like I think

he said this and some think he said something else. He gives comments but it is not always

clear,” remarks a designer. Despite the ambiguity of his statement to do something “exciting”

and “innovative” with the form of the performing arts center, everyone is clear on the issue that

needs to be resolved. With this common understanding, the team could negotiate between their

perspective how to develop a series of solutions to test. In other instances, the team is not clear

on what the issue is that needs to be resolved. Everyone has a different understanding. Following

a lengthy design meeting for the DC office building, the members of the team discuss what they

think the principal had requested. It is only after the principal returns to the conference room,

seeing that they are not getting anywhere, that the issue is clarified and the team can work out a

solution. For ambiguity to be productive, teams need to know what the fundamental issues are,

around which they will construct an interpretation. Clarity is therefore required on the issues that

48 Wegner 1986:197. Wegner is not alone in arguing that creating new knowledge through the integration of different domains of knowledge is one of the most important aspects of team work. See also: Sutton and Hargadon 1996; Hargadon 2003; Lester and Piore 2004. Martin 2009. And for an exceptional historical account of how teams integrate knowledge: Isaacson 2014.

Page 64: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

56

need to be resolved, but not the form of the resolution. This distinction is critical for managing

innovation and its continual production within an organization.

Organically assigning responsibility to the different areas of a project based on who is most

efficient has a constraining effect on the individual designer’s growth within the studio. When

individuals are known throughout the studio for being exceptionally skilled in one aspect of

design, for instance visual renderings, which is the visual portrayal of design ideas, they become

trapped in this position. Designers at OAE, who are known for their abilities in an area of design,

lament that they are not able to expand their skill set because they are always assigned the same

role. Without the time to slow down development on a project while a member learns new skills,

there are few opportunities to switch areas of responsibility. To do so, designers have to find

time outside of work hours to learn new skills. Given the demand of the regular workday, this

requires incredible persistence. Yet as one senior designer tells me, often when looking at a

resume, the applicant might have a decade of experience, but it is only in one specific facet of

design, which makes them unappealing. In this sense, being good in an area of design is a double

edge sword, which designers have to actively break out of if they want to advance their careers.

The constraining nature of systems of collective cognition stands in contrast to how cognitive

psychologists typically treat the predictability of who owns what pieces of knowledge. Treated as

a fundamental enabling aspect to create a system of collective cognition, my research

demonstrates that members need to actively break these systems to learn the responsibilities that

are associated with being responsible for different pieces or types of knowledge. The type

casting these systems encourage, and more broadly learning between projects, explains whey

designers often need to leave studios to advance their careers. To mitigate the loss of knowledge

gained between projects, studios need to actively focus on learning and development within their

practices to encourage the growth of their designers.

Yet the horizon of possibilities is limited by the diversity of competencies represented within

the team. Within architectural practices, by example, it is rare for competencies outside the field

to be represented within a team, in turn limiting the diversity of thought introduced into a

project.49 IDEO has notably broken with these limitation of creative project-based organizations

49 de Vaan et al. 2015, see also Burt 2010. In architecture, visual, spatial, engineering, façade, lighting, material, experience, drawing, to name only a few, are competencies typical to be expected at an architectural firm. Yet it is

Page 65: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

57

by staffing their teams with diverse competency sets, ranging from engineers to accountants to

marine biologists, to introduce greater diversity into shaping meaning and, in turn, the novelty of

the new knowledge that is manufactured.

Before the design concept is established, the number of possible paths of discovery are far

greater than can be explored within the time constraints of any project. With each team member

exploring paths independently, the challenge facing teams is working towards a collective design

concept that cohesively comes together. Informal meetings and reviews help set the parameters

for each member’s individual work by constraining the options tested, helping to guide the

team’s collective efforts.

In the case of the double or single height option for the lobby of the DC Premium Space

project, the members working on elevations and plans set the maximum dimensions possible for

the space. By exchanging information that the other two designers had previously gathered

regarding the vertical and horizontal dimensions they had to maintain to achieve maximum

square footage, they set parameters on the design of the lobby. Exchanging information learned

in one aspect of the project, as demonstrated in the example above, is critical to setting

parameters of other members' work, ensuring that options are not proposed that will hinder a

coherent and cohesive design concept.

Constraints imposed by a team member’s work serves to focus the efforts of other designers.

Options explored and presented to the team by each member’s unique competencies serves as

constraining resources, which sociologists of culture find in turn generate new resources.50 A

proverbial foothold in an otherwise expansive sea of potential options.51 For the International

Performing Arts Center project, Elaine is given the challenge of designing four sculptural

staircases, whose form is not purely dictated by their function. The request was clear: reimagine

the staircases so that they contribute to the patron’s aesthetic experience of the space. Where to

rare to find studios with full-time ethnographers on staff to produce journey maps of different users’ experience of a space — identifying pain points and moments of opportunity to enhance these experiences. More radically, it is rare to find staff members in studios who have biology backgrounds, which mechanical engineers and industrial designers have found to significantly influence design, the most obvious being the blades of wind turbines that emulate the fins of whales. 50 Harrison and Rouse 2014:1267. 51 Raney and Jacoby 2013; Rodriguez and Jacoby 2013.

Page 66: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

58

start was not. Gordon, one of the senior designers at OAE gives her a few exemplar cases to use

as references, but Elaine does not start until the member of the team in charge of the overall

plans, into which the plans for the staircases would be placed, sent her the most up-to-date

information. The existing buildings plans significantly limit the options she could pursue for the

design of the stairs, providing her with a starting point. In these instances, parameters set by

another member of the team serve as a generative function for developing ideas.

When teams fail to regroup at frequent intervals to exchange and discuss information, the

individual efforts of each member cannot be leveraged to help shape the parameters of the other

team member’s work and ultimately the collective direction of the project. After a long period

without a formal meeting between the International Performing Arts Center team, Aldo

complains: “we haven’t had an internal meeting this week, and are not totally sure where we

should be moving with the project.” With an entire team developing ideas without meeting to

gather input from other members, he is concerned that they are not moving in a cohesive

direction. A perilous position to be in when navigating through uncharted waters, where every

member can take a different path. Simply put, this causes a breakdown in the choreography of a

team.

Despite serving a generative function in guiding the collective effort of the team by limiting

the individual options explored, setting parameters also sets meta limits on the introduction of

radical innovation. When one design element limits the options tested in another, ideas that

might require a complete rethinking of the initial element are less likely to succeed or even be

proposed. The implications of setting limits is akin to what theorists of behavior and cognition

refer to as bounded rationality, in which individuals make decisions under constraints of limited

knowledge.52 In the case of the sculptural staircase for the Performing Arts Center, Elain has to

work within the confines of the space given to her. Elain is therefore limited to ideas that adhered

to these limits, closing off ideas that would require a complete rethink of the initial constraints.

The enabling function of providing a foothold in these instances also imposes path dependency

to an extent on the emergence of the design concept.

52 See Gigerenzer and Selten 2002 for a good overview.

Page 67: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

59

Part of venturing into the unknown involves grappling with ideas that are not well defined. This

in turn raises issues for coordinating the interpretive power of multiple individual efforts to

collectively shape the trajectory of a project. Exploiting strategies developed and learned across

projects for shaping the collective meaning and paths of exploration pursued by the team,

enables project-based teams to unlearn within a project. When a system of distributed

intelligence is developed within the project team, my case demonstrates individual explorations

that collectively converge to develop a more complex solution to design issues than could be

proposed by any individual alone is possible. When teams focus exclusively on individual

exploration, at the exclusion of other member’s efforts, misalignment and disharmony will be

more prevalent, thus limiting the ability of a team to execute novel responses to design issues.

2.5 TRANSLATION: CONVEYING THE CONCEPT

“Is everyone okay with this?” asks Richard, a senior designer and project leader on the DC

Premium Space project. Looking around, Sheela, Stephen, Reinier, and Kim all say “yes” as he

locks eyes with them.

A week before the design deadline for the DC Premium Space’s initial concept, the team

meets early in the morning to review a list of deliverables that needs to be prepared for the

project’s presentation to the client. The list includes all the architectural drawings and studies,

followed by initials of the team member who owns that line item.

Leaning back in his chair later in the afternoon, Pierre asks Jean, a senior designer at OAE,

“how are they doing?” nodding his head towards the DC Premium Space team. “They are on

auto pilot,” says Jean, who hardly looks up from his desk.

Through the process of constructing a design concept that previously did not exist in practice

or imagination, teams develop a unique project specific language.53 Due to constant and

unpredictable changes in the project’s direction, the project specific language and understanding

of each component remains largely undocumented throughout the initial design phase. The

problem that unlearning within projects raises is that at a certain point, teams need to coordinate

with a larger group of individuals, both within and outside the studio, to bring the concept to life.

53 Lester and Piore 2004.

Page 68: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

60

Problems need to be translated into easily executable tasks that can be carried out by individuals

not familiar with the subtle nuances of the project’s process of discovery, like façade consultants,

structural engineers, electrical engineers, to name only a few. Translation is the practice of

breaking a project down into easily executable tasks that require little interpretation or judgement

to accomplish independently or bring together again collectively.

There are always more options to test, ideas to develop, and modifications that can be made

to a design when exploring into the unknown. Deadlines have a way, however, of settling

lingering design issues, locking in the driving principles of a concept.54 Towards the end of the

concept design phase, teams need to start the fine detailing required to transform visions into

reality. They must shift from design mode to production mode. With agreement on the individual

components and how they will come together, a project can be broken into highly defined,

discreet tasks, whose points of intersection and overlap are clearly defined. At this point, the

team can sequentially engineer the production of these tasks.55 Patterns of coordination between

team members, and the individual aspects they are developing, change as a result. Team

members are no longer shaping and refining each other’s elements through constant interaction.

Now, they are coming together to hand off work, requiring marginal interpretation or negotiation

between the members. As Jarzabkowski and colleagues (2012) argue, coordination flexibility

changes over the course of a project. During initial states of ambiguity, hierarchies and rule-

based systems are shown to be ineffective. Once greater certainty, however, is introduced into a

project, hierarchies and rule-based systems for coordination can be introduced. This is because

major changes will not impact the system of coordination, and more importantly the points of

intersection where project elements come together. Knowing when to introduce conformity

through sequential engineering, and sidelining the introduction of new ideas is critical for

successfully executing an idea. The challenge is that this point varies project to project, requiring

directors to be adept at when the design is ready to transition into this phase of development.

Deadlines are an effective way to manage this transition.

54 Stark 2009:108. 55 Stark 2009:97.

Page 69: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

61

Translation, which is learned across projects, enables small design teams to execute large

projects, like the DC Premium Space project, by facilitating coordination between a larger group

of specialists who are not intimately familiar with the nuances of the project. At OAE, projects

are translated through deliverables lists, the standardization of project knowledge, and breaking

work into highly defined, discreet tasks.

After reviewing the deliverables list with the team, Richard sent out a link to the file, stored on

the team’s shared internal drive, via email. Members can edit the file, updating it as line items

are finished, or ready for review by Pierre. Everyone has an up-to-date picture of where the rest

of the team is and where they are going next. Patterns of coordination are now determined by the

pages of the drawing set — which is analogous to a project grammar, providing a complete set of

drawings for every element of the project ranging from façade to door handles — something that

was not available when the team initially embarked on their exploration into the unknown.

With a master list in hand that hierarchically defines each element and their respective lower-

ranking components, team members finally have a roadmap for coordinating work. Morning

meetings still occur during the initial design phase, but are less focused on figuring out how to

tackle problems and more about setting times to review work with the firm’s principal. When

two intersecting components of the DC Premium Space project are completed, the designers

share links to the files, via instant messenger. Knowing with a high degree of certainty how the

elements will fit together due to the established grammar, the files can be effortlessly merged

into one another. Little negotiation between team members occurs at this point. A dramatic

change from the first day when Sheela and Kim were waiting in anticipation to see if minor

dimensional changes would resolve a vaguely defined problem they were dealing with, whose

outcome ended up cascading through the other elements of the project. Teams are not dealing

with runaway ideas that are illusive anymore, they are now defined and can be grasped firmly.

The silence that fills OAE’s studio the morning the DC Premium Space project kicks off

returns as spontaneous meetings become less frequent. In place of informal meetings, teams

gather more formally in the main conference room, reviewing studies and drawings with the

firm’s principal. Following these meetings, team members rarely sit around and collectively

negotiate how to absorb Pierre’s comments.

Page 70: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

62

When designers enter production mode, the role of the principal shifts from curator of ideas

to what can best be described as director of execution. Suggestions are now direction. After

formal meetings, designers almost always take with them back to their workstations heavily

marked up sheets of paper that include all the changes they need to absorb into their work.

Architectural drawings and studies are covered in red marks, indicating the exact changes that

need to be made to an element. My case suggests that at this point little translation is required. A

wall must be moved just a little bit to align with another wall, or the reflection in the

photorealistic rendering is not strong enough. Far more detail is provided than the rough sketch

the firm’s principal leaves for the Playful Performance Center team after he asks them to do

something “exciting” and “innovative” with the form.

During each successive phase of the project — concept design, schematic design, design

development, construction documentation, and finally construction — the project gains

increasing resolution. Although the design for the DC Premium Space project is not fully

completed in the first four weeks of the project, the main driving principles — or grammar — of

the project is locked in. As the project passes through the next three phases, work increasingly

shifts towards detailing and adding resolution to the established elements. Morning meetings,

informal reviews, and sporadic meetings become less prevalent.

After the design concept is established, the parameters of each aspect of the project becomes

increasingly better defined. With pressure to execute the project, the challenge facing a project is

minimizing judgement and interpretation of individual and collaborative efforts as much as

possible to reduce unforeseen changes in the production of the project.56 Standardization of

knowledge across the project elements allows designers to work individually and then coordinate

collectively without the risk of significantly reshaping elements of the project as they are

produced.

During the initial design phase, each member of the project takes on the responsibility for a

set of elements and unique evaluative lenses through which to view the project. With everyone

taking on different spheres of the project, there is minimal overlap between the different

56 With firmly set parameters for each element and their sub-components, work is now centered around refining the elements to within a fraction of an inch, so that everything comes together seamlessly during the construction phase. This is critical for setting the concrete foundation, welding structural joints, etc.

Page 71: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

63

members’ knowledge of the individual competencies required to construct the concept. If you

were to visualize the different domains of knowledge required to construct a design concept as

the individual circles of a Venn diagram, shared knowledge would be the overlap at the center.

The parts that do not overlap represent unique knowledge that is not shared by everyone in the

team. This is knowledge gained through independent exploration, which is not necessarily

conveyed back to the team due to time constraints or relevancy. By example, the renderer will

have most of the knowledge on the design’s aesthetic expression, while the member responsible

for plans will have the most knowledge of how the spatial organization works. For this reason,

when everyone knows who knows what, a system of distributed intelligence is formed that

exceeds the knowledge of any one member alone. This means that a significant portion of the

knowledge possessed by each member at the start of the project is relatively foreign to the others.

Consequently, knowledge needs to be translated, so two or more members of the project working

on different elements gain a shared understanding; by example, when the three designers of the

Playful Performance Center collectively try to interpret what it means to do something exciting

and innovative. During these moments of translation, where members build a new grammar for

understanding how two elements intersect and overlap, based on their unique knowledge and

perspective of the design, they are actively shaping and redefining the trajectory of the project.57

This kind of information can best be understood as “sticky,” requiring constant communication

and interaction to exchange.58

Once the driving ideas behind the design’s concept are locked in, and the project specific

grammar is established, everyone has a clearer understanding of how all the elements will come

together, information exchanges change. My case demonstrates that shaping and redefining

intersecting and overlapping elements is at a minimum. Increasingly, information can be

exchanged with the expectation that other members know how to decipher it through a shared

grammar, requiring less interaction and negotiation to exchange it. Information is not

transformed as it is passed along to the same extent as it was during the first few weeks of

design. Information now retains its integrity as it is passed between members of the team.59

57 de Vaan et al. 2015:1152. 58 von Hippel 1994. See also Polanyi 1967; Zander and Kogut 1995. 59 Kogut and Zander 1992:386.

Page 72: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

64

Walking back to their workstations, with plans pulled from the master drawing set, Sheela,

Stephen, Reinier, and Kim sit down to “pick-up” the redlines. They know exactly who to turn to,

and at what point, by looking at the updated deliverables list. Exchanges between team members,

when not through instant messenger, are to confirm dimensions or explain a specific point to

coordinate work.

The design principles many be locked in; latent issues, however, might surface that challenge

the ease of communication between team members when interpretation and judgment is required.

Nearly five months after the façade for the DC Premium Space project was established, a latent

issue emerged that challenged members of the team to strategize how they would maintain the

design intent. Suddenly after months of detailing elements, the team had to jump back into

design mode to mitigate the impact of the issue.

During the initial design phase when design elements are being constructed, individual efforts

are focused on defining the overall design concept. When the overall concept is locked in,

elements need to be detailed to add the necessary resolution to translate a vision into reality.

With this shift in focus, from the proverbial forest to the trees, the amount of work increases

dramatically. Breaking work into discreet tasks that are highly defined, enables an agile team to

remain productive while adding additional support staff to detail the project without risking

jeopardizing the overall design intent of the project.60 The team can now grow without adversely

impacting coordination.

The International Performing Arts Center project eventually reaches a point in the initial

design phase where it has to transition from design to production to meet the project’s deadline.

At this point in the project, the parameters are set — at least for the time being — so they can

present the concept to the client. With defined parameters and a deliverables list, the team’s size

can grow to pick up the additional work that needs to be completed. There is less concern that

the work of a larger group will not come together in a cohesive way when it is well known how

60 As Dewey states “...it is artificial, so far as thinking is concerned, to start with a ready-made problem, a problem made out of whole cloth or arising out of a vacuum. In reality such a “problem” is simply an assigned task... if we know just what the difficulty was and where it lay, the job of reflection would be much easier than it is” ([1933]1998:140).

Page 73: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

65

the different elements of the project will intersect and overlap. Work can now be produced in

advance and added in as other elements are completed.

In the middle of a morning meeting, Gordon, one of the firm’s senior designers, stops the

conversation and looks past the team that has gathered around him. Sitting a few feet away from

them is Philip whose team, just moments before submitted their proposal for the Metro

Skyscraper competition. “Have you submitted everything?” asks Gordon. “Yes,” says Philip.

Without hesitation, Gordon says “great, then you can help us.” Following the end of the morning

meeting, Aldo pulls his chair next to Philip’s. Showing him a printed elevation of the exterior of

the International Performing Arts Center project, he asks Philip to investigate how the structure

would interact with it. A few minutes later, Gordon rolls his chair over and further clarifies the

constraints within which the work needs to be completed.

With a long list of studies that needs to be conducted to better understand specific aspects of

the project, the team is adding additional designers. A few hours later, Elaine, another designer

from the Metro Skyscraper competition, is asked to join the team to conduct specific studies, one

of which is the sculptural staircases. When the number of members added to a team outstrips its

capacity to coordinate, members may not be used effectively. One designer at OAE recalls that

when asked to join a team a week before its deadline, he cannot get work. Still shocked, he

recalls that he has to beg to be given a task on the project. Here the limits of coordination have

been met. The team leaders cannot oversee all the individual production and task out additional

work without losing control of who is doing what, when it will be completed, and who else’s

work it will integrate with. There are limits to a team’s size; however, this changes project to

project, requiring directors and project leaders to be conscious of how a project’s unique

requirements influence the ability to coordinate teams.

Team sizes quickly shrink again as the project enters successive phases of development. With

highly specified tasks that need to be conducted to resolve lingering issues, the team does not

require multiple lenses through which to view the project. Additionally, a lot of the work is now

in the hands of specialist consultants, such as structure, mechanical, electric, plumbing, and

façade, who work on independently detailing their specific aspects of the project. During the

construction documentation phase of the DC Premium Space project, the team of six designers

Page 74: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

66

shrank to three. All of which are only working part-time on the project, picking up work on

competitions and where additional help is needed.

Translating a project to facilitate coordination with larger groups of individuals, both within and

outside the studio, places inherent limits on the kind of innovation that can emerge. The pressure

to execute a design essentially limits innovation to the first four to six weeks of a project, during

the concept design phase. After this, radical or transformative ideas are actively isolated from the

project to ensure that it will stay on schedule with a demanding timeline, typically imposed by

clients of creative project-based organizations. This kind of innovation reflects what Grant

(2016) describes as conceptual innovation, in which innovations formulate a big idea and set out

to execute it.61 Experimental innovators on the other hand develop ideas through trial and error,

“learning and evolving as they go along.” The latter of which, following the pragmatist

theoretical tradition, typically takes a lot longer because innovations are based on years of

methodical investigation.62

Project specific languages must be translated to facilitate the coordination of larger numbers of

individuals, both within and outside the studio, required to bring a concept to life. Exploiting

practices from previous projects for translating a project to eliminate judgement and

interpretation that may jeopardize a project’s completion enables teams to construct novel

concepts that previously did not exist. Guided by the knowledge that the unique project specific

language can be translated and its grammar taught, practices that are developed and learned

across projects; my case study shows that teams are not limited to exploring ideas that are routine

or familiar. The more robust that procedures are for translating a project, which is developed by

exchanging best practices learned across projects, the more complex ideas can be explored with

confidence that they can be broken down into manageable and executable tasks and tackled by

larger numbers of individuals.63

61 Grant 2016:109-110. 62 See for instance Dewey 1991[1939]. 63 Becker 1984.

Page 75: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

67

2.6 CONCLUSION

The commission to design an office space challenges the DC Premium Space team to develop a

new concept within a commercial real estate market seemingly tapped for new ideas. This

challenge requires the team to venture into the unknown, shedding existing perceptions and

interpretations of commercial real estate environments. Without known coordinates to work

towards, the commission requires the team to work cohesively so that they are all gaining the

benefits of what others are learning as they are exploring and experimenting with unfamiliar

ideas. This is a stark contrast to projects with defined endpoints where work can be sequentially

engineered and tasked out to disconnected individuals across an organization.

The DC Premium Space project epitomizes one of the fundamental challenges facing teams

tasked with developing novel concepts: how do you coordinate the future integration of yet to be

defined work of multiple individual efforts, without forcing predefined points of intersection?

This challenge is compounded by the fact that to successfully unlearn within a complex project,

team members need to produce work independently to introduce divergent thinking and integrate

their efforts collectively to produce a cohesive design concept.

Rigidly defined habitual acts for coordinating the collective integration of individual

explorations does not lend itself to innovation. I find that the constantly changing contours of a

project, which is emblematic of searches into the unknown in which a sense of where the team

will end up does not exist at the outset, requires highly adaptable and flexible mechanisms for

coordination to move a project forward. Forcing the yet to be defined and constantly shifting

contours of a project to conform to rigid acts for coordinating collective efforts, like team size,

constitution, sync up schedules, and vocabularies, constrains the incredible transformation that a

project goes through and the unpredictable turns it takes. By fostering an approach to

coordination, which is highly adaptable and reactive to the constantly changing contours of a

project, teams can coordinate under incredible conditions of uncertainty and in turn introduce

novel concepts. My case shows that this kind of approach, which is learned across projects,

enables teams to take greater risks and explore further into the unknown, encouraging responses

to design challenges that are truly novel and have the potential to disrupt taken-for-granted

assumptions and expectations.

Page 76: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

68

Developed through repeated use across different projects, mutual monitoring, distributing

intelligence, agility, and translating the project into easily interpretable tasks, enable teams to

unlearn within projects by being able to incorporate highly unfamiliar and unpredictable

information.64 When the collaborative foundation within a firm is premised on transformation

and change, rather than strict conformity of information to guide integration, organizations can

continually innovate, without falling prey to predictability in their output.

64 Following Swedberg (2011:32), I turn nouns into verbs here.

Page 77: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

69

Table 2: Team Coordination What How Overview: A dynamic and iterative process in which team members collaborate to integrate, evaluate and set the collective direction of a project, and then separating to independently produce work and introduce divergent thinking. Challenge: Coordinating the future integration of yet to be defined work of multiple individual efforts, when the possibility of misalignment or complete disharmony is high.

Agile: the ability to remain hyper responsive to the changes in other team member’s work, quickly absorbing these challenges into the individual efforts of the rest of the team, so that points of coordination are not lost.

• Remaining small to avoid

multiple people working on the same aspect.

• Team members own aspects of the project so that everyone knows who to turn to for what information.

Mutual Monitoring: the practice of constantly mapping the shifting dependences and production of work being developed by other members of the team, to guide the collective direction of the team’s efforts.

• Morning meetings to provide an

indication of the daily direction that the team plans to work in.

• Informal reviews to sync up with team members as daily milestones are met.

• Glancing at other team members’ work to guide future patterns of coordination.

• Email and instant messenger to provide insight into individually produced work when meeting collectively is not possible.

Distributed Intelligence: the practice of combining the unique and diverse interpretive perspective of each team member, to collectively construct novel concepts.

• Construct meaning through

discussions to integrating each member’s unique knowledge of the project.

• Set Parameters by constraining the options tested by other members when reviewing other members’ in progress work.

Translation: the practice of breaking a project down into easily executable tasks that require little interpretation or judgement to accomplish independently or bring together again collectively.

• Deliverables lists that define all

the work that needs to be done to execute the design concept.

• Standardizing project knowledge by codifying a project specific grammar.

• Breaking work into highly defined, discreet tasks.

Outcome: Encourages an approach to coordination, which is highly adaptable and reactive to the constantly changing contours of a project, enabling teams to coordinate under incredible conditions of uncertainty and in turn transform ambiguity into novel concepts.

Page 78: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

3 THE EXPLORATION

Never let reality get in the way…

- Principal, Architectural Firm, NYC

Sitting in OAE’s studio following a strategy meeting with a leading theater design consultant, the

firm’s principal cycles through the initial ideas the team has come up with for the concept of the

Playful Performance Center. Forming a semi-circle to his right, as he sits in front of a computer,

Aldo, Jeane, Reinier, Throsten, and Greta silently watch as the different options appear across

the screen. With new information and clarification on existing documentation, the team is

waiting for direction on how to further refine their ideas. Yet Pierre appears to be searching for

something within the plans and is not finding it.

Over the past week and a half, the team has been analyzing the requirement documents

provided by the client seeking to build a new performing arts center. During this time, they have

taken the documents, ranging from written statements of the project’s goals to spreadsheets with

exact dimensions for each component, and translated them into various one dimensional

drawings. These drawings represent how the program for the building could be organized. Using

the site’s incredible view as the focal point for organizing the space, all the options play on the

idea of bringing the outside in and the inside out. This concept was initially identified through

precedence research, which identified exemplar examples of existing performing arts centers,

conducted during the first two days of the project. Images of the Tanglewood Music Center in

Lenox, Massachusetts and Wolf Trap theater in Washington, DC fill a study package, illustrating

how the two environments seamlessly combine into one performance space.

For the next five minutes, Pierre continues to search through the plans. The mood among the

team surrounding him starts to change. They realize that he is not sitting in silence as a result of

seeing the ideas for the first time — although this is surly part of it. He is not happy with what he

has been delivered. The expression on his face is telling. Turning to the team, he tells them to go

back and start by asking what the performative ambition of the building should be. Not only in

Page 79: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

71

the sense of the flexibility of the performance space, but more generally how people will

experience and interact with the space.

Apart from capturing the beautiful views of the site, there are no performative ambitions for

organizing the space. Explaining to the team that the building cannot be dematerialized down to

a single view, Pierre says they must start over again. This time, however, before planning

program adjacencies, they need to start by articulating a high-level ambition for how the space

will be experienced. Looking at the team, the principal asks them to fundamentally question what

a performing arts center is and how they can deal with the typology’s inherent issues.

Although opening the theater to the outside is unique when considering most performing arts

centers, it is not novel. It is a concept that OAE, and many other architectural firms, have

successfully introduced into the performing arts center typology. In OAE’s past, however, the

concept was deployed on a much larger scale and for a very different clientele. Rather than

incrementally building on existing ideas, the principal wants the team to challenge the current

theater paradigm by returning to the fundamental issues that needs to be resolved. Questioning

what a performing arts center can be by questioning what it is.

Taking a piece of paper, Pierre starts drawing out a rectangle the size of a business card.

Roughly dividing it into two squares by drawing a line through the middle of the rectangle, he

writes “A” and “B” into the two respective boxes. Turing to the team, he tells them that half of

the building should be formal — incorporating all the elements that comprise a professional

theater space. Then glancing back at the piece of paper, he starts to wildly scribble in the second

box, telling them that the other half of the building should be playful.

The client, commissioning the performing arts center, is a boarding school with a nationally

renowned theater program. Yet the designers cannot forget the intended users of the space.

Despite their accolades and commitment to the performing arts, they are still children and young

adults, ranging from kindergarten through high school. Rather than simply being a state of the art

performance space, he wants the building to serve as the campus’s nucleus that brings everyone

together. A space where students of all ages can interact with every aspect of a performing arts

center — from stage to lighting to scene shop. The ultimate goal is to encourage students from

all backgrounds to fall in love with theater, whether they are part of the production or merely

Page 80: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

72

witnessing it in passing. This represents a stark contrast from the formal front stage/back stage

dichotomy that typically splits a production.

Returning to the presentation package on the screen, Pierre narrows in on one of the ideas the

team has proposed. Rather than organizing the space horizontally like the rest of the options, it

organizes it vertically, stacking the program requirements. On the same piece of paper as the

previous sketch, he draws a single curved line to represent the hillside upon which the building

will sit. Cutting through part of the pitch of the hill, he draws a rectangle to represent the vertical

stacking of the program. Drawing a line through the middle, where the curve of the landscape

levels off at the top of the hill, the simple drawing reflects the rectangle that is split into two

distinct sections — half serious on the bottom, and half playful on top.

Looking at the drawing, he asks one of the designers to go to the studio’s library and find one

of the SANAA monographs. Knowing exactly what project he is looking for, he quickly flips

through the book. Placing the book on his lap, he slowly flips through the pages of the project to

show the team. As he turns through the pages of the project, he explains why certain features are

elegant and how they transform the feeling and experience of the space. Flipping between an

image of a theater, and the project’s plans on another page, Pierre takes the sketch of the building

in the hillside and draws a ribbon of glass around the upper perimeter of the theater.

For the next 30 minutes, they sit together building on the initial idea of a half serious and half

playful space. While further developing the idea of a sunken theater with a full 360-degree view

to the outside, other ideas emerge that drive the design of the performing arts center. With the

initial push of the diagram, major design elements are introduced that embody the performative

ambitions of the building, transforming the way students interact with theater spaces.

On a Sunday afternoon in February, teachers, trustees, and the head master of the school gather

in OAE’s main conference room for their first look at the design for the school’s performing arts

center. Rarely looking at the screen at the front of the room on which the design is being

presented, the design team watches the reactions on the faces of the committee. Having pushed

the design far beyond the comfort level of the theater consultants — a battle successfully won by

the design team’s persistence and belief in their ideas — they know they are proposing

something radical. Whether they know it or not, the committee members' faces are not

concealing their shock as Pierre presents the design. The team members' eyes are scanning the

Page 81: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

73

committee members' faces for some sign of approval. After a long question and answer period,

the committee members pack up, say their goodbyes, and prepare for their long trip home.

Once all the committee members leave the conference room, Jeane, who is the project leader,

arches her back, throws her hands in the air, and mimes a slam dunk.

The committee is blown away by the proposed design. One member is so overtaken by her

emotions, she blurts out “I love it, let’s build this” before the presentation is even over. There is a

palpable feel of relief in the room. The team has developed a concept that transforms the way

people interact with a performing arts center, and their client loves it. And more importantly,

they want to build it!

Focusing on searching for ideas within creative project-based organizations, this chapter explores

how teams develop responses to design issues that are genuinely new and unexpected. I ask,

under these conditions of uncertainty, how do designers decide what to produce and then identify

the potential value of these unfamiliar ideas? To answer this question, in the first section — the

argument sequence — I lay the foundation for how courses of action are structured within

projects when the final design concept is not known at the outset. This is a fundamental

challenge for unlearning within a project. The four sections that follow outline how processes for

moving forward the development of new ideas, which are learned across projects, occur in

practice. First, in predilection, I explain how teams establish a starting point to resolve design

issues when the horizon of possibilities is almost limitless. Next, in suspending disbelief, I

demonstrate how teams generate information where it did not exist before, which is critical when

attempting to break with familiar ideas. Then, in design principles, I explain how teams identify

opportunities when it is unclear in what direction to move to transform a typology. Finally, in

genealogy of ideas, I demonstrate how teams successively develop the initial raw creative

material that initiates the exploration. Throughout the chapter, I demonstrate how these

processes, which are learned from repeated use, enable teams to unlearn within a project. In

doing so, I provide answers to the fundamental challenges facing creative project-based

organizations: how do you continually innovate?

Page 82: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

74

3.1 THE PROJECT’S ARGUMENT SEQUENCE: SETTING IN MOTION SEARCHES INTO THE UNKNOWN

How does a project develop? “At first you jump into it and produce everything that you can.

Through time, you get more and more selective, basically building the principles of the project.”

This explanation, by Reinier, a junior architect at OAE, is commonly offered up by architects

and designers when asked how a project starts and builds momentum within a creative project-

based organization.

When projects are completed, we are often only privy to the post-rationalization of how the

design evolved.65 The story typically starts with a muse, from which all decisions and actions are

inspired.66 These accounts provide a very neat and sanitized portrayal of the concept’s evolution.

American painter and photographer, Chuck Close famously challenges this account of artistic

innovation when he states:

Inspiration is for amateurs — the rest of us just show up and get to work. [With] the belief

that things will grow out of the activity itself and that you will — through work — bump into

other possibilities and kick open other doors that you would never have dreamt of if you were

just sitting around looking for a great ‘art [idea].'67

Close and the young architect — who has already worked on a career-defining project — both

attribute the development of a project not to one single idea, but a multiplicity of ideas out of

which a design intent emerges.68 The more you produce at the beginning, the more likely you are

to develop strong ideas. This is the prevailing wisdom propagated in design literatures and one of

65 A consultant intimately familiar with the firm where I conducted my field work, and other similar practices, put it this way when talking about a project’s evolution: “Yeah, yeah, yeah everyone has seen the post rationalization.” He knew that I was only familiar with the sanitized account of the project. He wanted to explain how the ideas emerged, the unsanitized story of how an idea was taken from one project, played with, and then emerged into a new idea. This echoes Tilly (2002:9), “social processes involve unanticipated consequences, cumulative effects, indirect effects, and effects mediated by their social and physical environment, none of which fit the causal structure of standard stories” (see also Tilly 2006:64). 66 See Ingles 2015; Koolhass and Mau 1997; Holden et al. 2012. 67 Fig 2009:42. 68 This is akin to Padgett and Ansell’s (1993:1263) robust action, in which a “single action can be interpreted coherently from multiple perspectives simultaneously, the fact that single actions can be moves in many games at once.”

Page 83: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

75

the characteristics of creative project-based organizations that is found to enable their success in

producing transformative ideas.69

Producing “everything that you can,” is a necessary aspect of design — and will be discussed

in Chapter Four — but as my case demonstrates, not sufficient to explain the emergence of a

cohesive design. A sheer volume of ideas will not in itself provide a direction through which

novel design concepts will emerge. As David Stark (2009:1) argues, “the fundamental challenge”

facing innovation “is the kind of search during which you don’t know what you are looking for

but will recognize it when you find it.” Yet Stark and his colleagues do not provide insights for

how this is done in practice.

This raises a fundamental problem for producing novel ideas in creative projects. When

teams are tasked with searching into the unknown, how do designers decide what to produce and

then identify the potential value of these unfamiliar ideas? Unlike refining existing knowledge,

where there is a fixed point to strive towards and defined trajectory to follow, searches into the

unknown require teams to break with successful and familiar routines to discover entirely new

concepts. This chapter asks: how do teams know where to search in the unknown and how do

they reorient their paths of exploration as they move forward?

I contribute to scholarship on ends-in-view by demonstrating that highly creative project-

based organizations, like OAE, employ firm specific approaches for moving forward

explorations in which a sense of where they will end up does not yet exist. As approaches, rather

than explicit acts, mechanisms for pushing forward explorations into the unknown, which are

learned across projects, encourage unanticipated associations and unexpected turns, by

constantly formulating hypothesis and being highly adaptable and responsive to the information

gathered from testing these hypotheses. This enables teams to unlearn within projects by not

forcing designers to explicitly articulate where they will go in advance, because their approach is

premised on changing the path of exploration in response to the information generated along the

way. Rather than taking one large step, I argue teams take many little steps, constantly

readjusting their course of action as new information is generated, allowing designers to “bump

into other possibilities and kick open doors that you would never have dreamt of,” in the words

69 See Fraser 2012; Molotch 2003.

Page 84: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

76

of Close. This cycle of stating hypotheses, generating information to test them, and then

reassessing ends-in-view targeted, and means selected is illustrated in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Exploration

To successfully identify the value of newly generated information in uncharted territory, I

argue, searches — or the successive formulation of hypothesis — largely depend on an evolving

project specific argument sequence. Which is “so important, it is like a little assembly line,”

explains the director of an acclaimed architectural practice in New York City. “Assembling the

linear argument, to be able to explain the project, becomes like a lifeblood of the whole thing,

which generates design decisions.” He is not alone in emphasizing the importance of the initial

argument sequence. A principal at a leading international design consultancy states “you need to

come up with a strong enough vision, so designers can build on it easily,” when explaining how

a coherent design emerges from the almost limitless possibilities at the start of a project. The

argument sequence therefore serves as a framework for making sense of the information

gathered from constantly testing hypotheses, to identify the signals from the noise.

After explaining at length how the Metro Skyscraper project evolved from the initial brief to

design concept, Aldo concludes: “I guess it came from the initial push of the diagram.” Although

the project evolves significantly, its rationale comes from the initial argument developed during

the first two days of the competition: a simple diagram sequence — referred to in the studio as

the argument sequence, composed of a set of crude line drawings on a piece of paper, maybe five

or six at the start — that provides “the initial push” or vision to guide the project. Like the

process of gaining resonance between previously disparate ideas, the argument sequence is

emergent — it is not fully formed or defined at the beginning. During the initial design phase,

the argument sequence is constantly getting refined as ideas gain clarity and resolution through

Page 85: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

77

their constant interaction with other ideas, designers — as discussed in Chapter 2 — and the

situations within which they are developed.70 Yet, how does the argument sequence “push” a

design forward? “When an agent vocalizes or imputes motives,” states Mills (1940:907) “he is

not trying to describe his experienced social action. He is not merely stating “reason.” He is

influencing others — and himself. Often he is finding new “reasons,” which mediate action.” I

argue that the project specific argument sequence provides a framework around which to

orientate conversations for moving ideas forward.

The argument sequence is less about providing the rationale for proving something true or

false, as in the traditional academic sense, and more about setting the vision for how a set of

issues might be dealt with. By example, a square sketch that depicts half the space as playful, and

the other half as serious, like in the case of the Playful Performance Center. Considering that

“novelty almost by definition is hard to understand,” because “something is not genuinely new if

it already exists in our current practice or imagination,” creative teams need a framework for

bringing these disparate ideas together.71 In many instances this requires a framework abstract

enough to focus the team’s search on a project’s fundamental issues, rather than iterating on

existing responses to them, which scholars of innovation find is an unproductive route to

novelty.72 The project specific argument sequence provides a framework for initially

“recognizing” previously unconnected ideas by helping to identify their value in relation to the

vision for the project.

Reflecting on the argument sequence that provided the initial push for the Metro Skyscraper

project, Aldo states, “our end building wasn’t that at all [referring to the project’s initial

argument sequence]. Our end building came from me and the rest of the team playing in

[modeling software] and kind of stumbling upon it in a way, but it came from the initial push of

the diagram.” The argument sequence thus serves as a catalyst for unanticipated associations to

be made and then identifying their value. In the sections that follows, I will demonstrate how

predilections, suspending disbelief, design principles, and knowing the genealogy of ideas move

explorations in projects forward in which a sense of where they will end up does not yet exist.

70 McDonnell et al. 2017:1. 71 Padgett and Powell 2012:1. 72 Martin 2009; Christensen 2000; Christensen 2003.

Page 86: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

78

3.2 PREDILECTIONS: APPROACHING THE PUZZLE

“Napkin sketches are ridiculous, and I will not do one,” responds Pierre to a request that he

publically issue a diagram of the International Performing Arts Center’s unique ability to

transform into multiple theater configurations. Everyone gathered at the conference room table,

including the client’s representatives who requested the sketch, turns silent. They have broached

a touchy topic within the world of design. Without requiring justification, the room remains

silent for a few more moments before the client’s representative awkwardly tries to resume the

conversation.

Unlearning within a project requires the team to break with familiar ideas and established

perceptions, and venture into the unknown. This state of ambiguity is heightened at the start of a

project when the paths for approaching a problem are almost limitless, presenting teams with

more options than can possibly be explored. The problem raised by this is establishing a starting

point within the unknown to initiate the team’s exploration. Predilections, which are learned

across projects, are established approaches within a practice to address the unique issues of a

design challenge, which serve as starting points for exploration.

To limit imposing an a priori outcome on a project, which fundamentally limits innovation,

many of the most highly acclaimed design practices refuse to start projects with a sketch. “We

are not an office that has a napkin sketch that we then enact the architectural side,” says one of

the principals of a studio known for their commitment to research. “We try not to start projects

with an a priori sense of what the outcome will be, and we are open to exploring alternatives,”

elaborates one of her partners. Starting a project without a preconceived notion of the final

design is not unique to architecture. The executive creative director at an international design

consultancy says “we try to be as true to our specific problem as possible, versus having an

outside point of view that we impose on something.”

Yet firms do not start projects tabula rasa. For this reason, it is rare to find a firm whose

projects do not share a similar language or signature that tie them together. By example, when

the iPad was released in 2010, it was clearly part of the Apple design ecosystem. There was no

mistaking it for a Samsung or Blackberry product.

Page 87: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

79

Rather than starting with a fixed idea and “then enacting the architectural side,” predilections

serve as stand-ins to guide the development of solutions to the issues unique to a design. Yet,

they are not in themselves the solutions. The designer, or actor, writes Whitford (2002: 345), “is

an experimenter who encounters problem situations.” They “hypothesize activities — means-to-

ends — that might resolve the problem and make predictions about their results.” Yet in

choosing a best course of action, they are “constantly adjusting it upon receiving new

information about the actual effects of means [or predilections] chosen.” In the case of the

Playful Performance Center, playfulness/seriousness is the predilection, which helped the design

team develop the concept of a building split into two. The end solution was far more than this

simple dichotomy, but it helped them get to the next idea, constantly evolving as new

information becomes available.

As the signature of a firm, and more fundamentally an established mechanism teams employ

to puzzle out of issues, it is imperative that studios have different predilections than their peers.

As Steve Jobs remarked long ago, “if you are gonna make connections that are innovative, you

have to not have the same bag of experiences as everyone else.”73 Yet it is not as simple as

“having new resources to accomplish new tasks,” argues Stark (2009:162), the challenge is

“recognizing configurations that others would not see as resources.” While my case demonstrates

this to be true, there is little discussion within the literature on how to configure ideas in novel

ways to resolve issues.

Predilections enable teams to establish a starting point for exploring for ways to deal with the

unique issues of a design challenge by anchoring their first line of questioning. My research

shows that the trick for successfully unlearning within a project is combining predilections in

ways that expose the relationships and connections that would otherwise not be identifiable. The

Playful Performing Center project design team, by example, combined different predilections to

develop ideas that pushed one of the most highly regarded theater design consultants out of his

comfort zone. Not because the concept jeopardized the quality of the space, but because it had

never been thought of before.

73 Grant 2016:45.

Page 88: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

80

Often when studios are successful, designers stop going back to the predilections that lead to

their success in introducing innovations to a typology. This is an explicit example of when

learning between projects does not lead to the growth. Many principals told me that by

constantly going back and further developing their predilections or introducing new ones to their

repertoire, they can continue to innovate within a typology — avoiding falling into path

dependency. Appealing to a risk averse client’s request to reproduce one of the studio’s existing

buildings, teams forsake innovation to get a commission. This is a quick way to make money,

but all the principals I spoke with said that when a client asks them to do this, they either

convince them to let them reassess what the project’s fundamental issues are — given that no

two conditions are the same — or they turn the client away. This is risky in the short term, but in

the long term it keeps the studio relevant and in demand. They therefore do not allow themselves

to define the end point at the outset of the project.

To begin explorations into the unknown, I find teams rely on predilections to focus their

initial research and align the ambitions of a project to search for truly transformative ideas.

The first day of the Playful Performance Center project is anticlimactic. After announcing the

project in the main conference room during an office-wide meeting, Aldo, the project leader,

immediately gets to work. But there isn’t much to see. Apart from the internal project folder on

the firm’s computer server filling with documents, there is no visible sign of forward momentum.

Inundated with data, the challenge facing teams is identifying the fundamental issues unique

to a project that if addressed have the highest probability of positively transforming the typology

they are dealing with. More information is not the problem, as is typically assumed, it is

identifying what is important and why. My research demonstrates that to focus the initial

research phase, predilections are employed at a high level to identify signals within the noise of

data. This is not an easy task. As pragmatist philosopher John Dewey (1998[1933]:140) noted

long ago, the challenge with perplexing problems is that we come to know what the problem is,

simultaneously with finding a resolution. Identifying the fundamental conditions under such

uncertainty is challenging without the assistance of a heuristic to guide the initial information

gathering phase of resolving a problem.

At the start, teams need to conduct a deep dive into all the data they can that relates to a

project. This data comes from many different sources. The client provides project specific

Page 89: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

81

information relating to requirements, budget, users, and intentions. Specialist consultants provide

technical information. Local and municipal agencies provide code and zoning information.

Existing buildings provide precedence information. At the end of the documents gathering phase,

teams are inundated with information.

Where do you start? Framing this data is imperative to identifying the signals, or first

principles that are unique to the design challenges. In the basic language used to describe a

theater, the Playful Performance Center team identifies the distinct separation between front and

back stage as an issue with the performing arts center typology. To engage children and young

adults, they decide to demystify the end-to-end process of producing and performing a play by

providing unparalleled transparency to every single aspect of a production. Transparency is one

of OAE’s predilections. Diving deeper into the standard typologies of performing arts centers,

the team identifies the fundamental conditions that cause this organizational separation. As

Reinier describes it, “we go right back to first principles.” By starting with the fundamental

organization of the space, the team transforms the experience of the performing arts center in a

novel way; this is only possible by employing predilections to separate the signals from the noise

during the team’s initial research efforts.

The Metro Skyscraper project conversely was initially plagued by the team’s research not

being focused. Without established predilections within the practice for approaching the inherent

issues of commercial skyscrapers, the team struggles to construct novel concepts for

transforming the typology in part because they do not know where to look in the unknown. The

team searches; however it does not have the mechanisms to identify what is meaningful to

engage with to transform the typology. This is because they have no heuristic framework, which

has been developed and learned across projects, to focus their search and in turn develop

hypotheses for testing.

Transcending past surface level issues and identifying other root issues is challenging when

breaking with familiar routines and practices. Guided by predilections, teams know roughly

where to launch pointed explorations to identify how other predilections can be deployed to

further frame the issues in ways that will expose unanticipated connections. By looking deeper

into the organization of the performing arts center typology, the Playful Performance Center’s

team identifies fundamental issues associated with it and, in turn, employes a different set of

Page 90: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

82

predilections that help them develop a novel response to the existing conditions that separate the

different aspects of a theater. A response that would not have been possible had they just focused

on the site survey data and images of the beautiful view. Put simply, issues are nested. The goal

is to identify the causes of an issue, rather than their symptoms.74 The influence of addressing

root causes rather than symptoms is well documented within the study of design. Rittel and

Webber state “The level at which a problem is settled depends upon the self-confidence of the

analyst and cannot be decided on logical grounds … one should not try to cure symptoms; and

therefore one should try to settle the problem on as high a level as possible.” (1973:165). Firms

that aim to push typologies dedicate a significant amount of time at the start to research — even

as anxiety and stress set in as the countdown to the deadline relentlessly marches on — to

identify root causes.

Focusing a team’s research is fundamental to unlearning within a project; predilection,

however, limits the kinds of responses an office is inclined to pursue, because it limits the signals

that become apparent to them. With limited time to develop an initial concept design, teams

revert to the conceptual frameworks within the office they are familiar with for constructing

novel concepts. The influence of self-confidence for identifying root causes stands in contrast to

how sociologists treat the influence of motives in directing action. Like Mills (1940:909) states,

“along with rules and norms of actions for various situations, we learn vocabularies of motives

appropriate to them.” Teams revert to the vocabularies of motives, which are appropriate to the

predilection, and in turn follow the rules and norms of actions tied to them. Without learning new

vocabularies of motives, teams will continue to employ the ones they are familiar with, or as

Mills states, following “standardized motives which promote prescribed actions and dissuade

those proscribed.” Yet as Leschziner and Green (2013:123) demonstrate, ideas considered

unacceptable in a field — or proscribed in Mills’ language — is where opportunities for

innovation lie. In the absence of constructing new predilection during down times when studios

have more time to experiment, teams will be limited to innovations in kind, not type.

74 Rittel and Webber’s 1973 paper became the foundation for “Design Thinking,” (see for instance Martin and Christensen 2013 for an excellent overview of the literature — which makes many references back to Rittel and Webber 1973).

Page 91: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

83

Following the meeting with the theater design consultants, when Pierre startes sketching the

rectangle split into two environments, he is not setting the ambition for the project for the first

time. Immediately after the site model is completed, the team all gravitates to the view from atop

the hill where the building will be located.75 Bringing the inside out and outside in is the first

performative ambition identified for the project, which plays to one of OAE’s predilections:

flexibility. However, as the team engages with the theater consultants, it becomes evident that

they are not setting their ambitions high enough. In other words, they are only going to

marginally change the way the students experience and interact with the space.

Establishing the ambitions of a project to guide unlearning within a team is challenging given

that the territory being explored is unfamiliar. Identifying what will transform a typology is

difficult to meaningfully asses without a guide. Aligning the ambitions of a project to addressing

the fundamental issues of a design, rather than marginally improving on surface level issues,

enables teams to open themselves up to unanticipated connections and associations.

Flexibility of space is not the right predilection to resolve the issue of engaging children and

young adults. At the Tanglewood Music Center in Lenox, Massachusetts, opening the theater

space to the outdoors transforms the patron’s interaction with the space. Sitting on a blanket

under the stars, with a bottle of wine, while the Boston Theater Group puts on a performance is a

significant departure from typical performing arts center experiences. Yet the patron’s interaction

with Tanglewood is episodic at best. For the school’s performing arts center, the space will

become an integral part of the student’s daily lives. All music and theater classes will be held in

the building. The novelty of the concept will wear off quickly, and, more importantly, it only

addresses the issue of engaging youth when performances are being held. OAE was simply not

setting their ambitions high enough.

Rather than curing symptoms of youth participation, the team needs to find the underlying

causes of the issue, something that evades them when framing the issue through the lens of

flexibility alone. As Rittel and Webber (1973:165) argue, “marginal improvement does not

75 Site Model: Typically made out of white massing foam, Site Models are three dimensional representations of the site where the building will be located. Model include all of the surrounding buildings and natural contours of the site. The intention of building large site models is to allow designers to drop in models of the building they are working on — typically out of blue massing foam — to understand how it interacts with its environment.

Page 92: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

84

guarantee overall improvement.” With the guidance of OAE’s principal, the team reestablished

their ambitions for the project by employing a new predilection. Although flexibility would still

be incorporated into the space, it was not the guiding predilection used to resolve the issue of

demystifying the end-to-end journey of a theater production and getting students excited about it.

Broadening the scope from one aspect of the design to fundamentally questioning the

programmatic composition and organization of a performing arts center, the team is able to

generate the argument sequence of a half-serious, half-playful building.

“Frankly, what is the big idea?” writes Pierre to the design team two weeks into the

Landmark competition. Despite identifying a tension between the building’s public and private

space, the team has not identified the fundamental issues driving the separation. Consequently,

they have not been able to deploy any of OAE’s predilections to start developing ideas for

resolving the tension or set the performative ambition for it.

Sitting with the team in the conference room, Pierre decides that in the absence of a “big

idea,” they would have to make something beautiful. This is not a strong suit of the studio,

which, in part, is why they have been so successful in introducing novel concepts. Rather than

simply dematerializing a building to a subjective aesthetic element, they start by allowing a form

to emerge around their response to the project’s unique issues. In the case of the Playful

Performance Center project, the strategy exposes beautiful aesthetic elements; but these do not

drive the design. They are a consequence of resolving larger and more fundamental issues of

engaging children and young adults in the arts. In this case, they aligned their ambitions for the

project with the root issues that will enable the design team to transform the experience of the

building’s patrons. Alignment of ambitions and issues is critical for introducing novel concepts

that meaningfully transform typologies.

Without an issue to resolve, and in turn an argument sequence to drive the development of

the Landmark competition’s design concept, the team has trouble deciding how to progress. A

senior member on the team is frustrated that they are introducing awkward moments and

unresolved elements into the design because they had only focused on making it beautiful.

Despite an incredible effort from the team, and, in fact, a very beautiful design, they do not win

the competition. Speaking to the team afterwards, they all commented that the building “didn’t

do anything.” Translated: it did not propose a unique experience for those using and interacting

Page 93: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

85

with the space, which is the very essence and signature of OAE. Unlike the Playful Performing

Arts Center project, its ambitions were not aligned with driving transformative impact. For most

design teams, this requires challenging conversations, not only internally, but with client as well.

Pursuing ideas that at the outset of a team’s exploration do not exist in practice or imagination

challenges designers to establish a starting point to initiate a search. Exploiting practices learned

across projects for initiating a course of action is critical for structuring unlearning within a

project. When predilections can be reliably drawn on and recombined to initiate a project’s

exploration, my research demonstrates teams are equipped to approach challenging design

problems that have a seemingly limitless number of possible routes for exploration. Rather than

limiting exploration by building on existing approaches that are easily definable at the outset,

which only marginally challenge the familiar and routine, predilections provide the vocabulary

of action for exposing relationships and connections that would otherwise not be identifiable.

3.3 SUSPENDING DISBELIEF: BREAKING WITH THE FAMILIAR AND PREDICTABLE

Unlearning within a project requires teams to generate information that previously did not exist.

This is because truly novel ides do not exist in current practice or imagination. The design brief

and initial discovery phase can therefore only guide a project so far. “The danger of the drive to

clarify,” Lester and Piore (2004:69) argue, “is that it often reifies insight, to the point of

eliminating the very conditions of uncertainty that are needed for creativity to flourish. The

analytical approach typically assumes that the ambiguities have already been eliminated, or, if

they still remain, the basic thrust is to get rid of them.” Yet scholarship shows that ambiguity is

critical for encouraging creativity and innovation. At a certain point, designers need to stop

analyzing and start throwing out ideas. A partner at a boutique architectural design practice in

New York City puts it this way:

“I would say we always get to a point where we are thinking too much, researching too much

and relying or waiting on some sort of rational explanation to guide us and it doesn’t always

happen, so it’s nice to have intuition — throw shit at the side of the wall — to balance things

out.”

Page 94: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

86

Logical cognition “no matter how useful for refinement and improvement,” argue Padgett and

Powell (2012:1), “is unlikely to be a fundamental process for generating novelty, because logic

can only use axioms that are already there.” For this reason, “we always want the rational and

irrational happening side by side and bouncing off one another,” says a principal at a design

consultancy in New York City. He elaborates that “it is never purely a rational process because

we believe in the inventive accidental qualities of sketching and looking at things.” Unlearning

within a project therefore raises a problem for designers: how do you suspend established

procedures and expectations associated with a concept to introduce ideas that challenge existing

typologies?76 Suspending disbelief enable designers to make the switch between rational

axiomatic thinking to playful, “throw shit at the side of the wall” thinking to gather vital

feedback on ideas where information does not exist.77 It allows designers to formulate

hypotheses, which have the potential to introduce unexpected associations and information into

the project.

Suspending disbelief, under conditions of uncertainty, is not done blindly. Although “you are

always suspending disbelief to a certain degree,” explains Jean, a director at OAE, “we have a

knowledge that it is feasible, that it should be doable this way.” In other words, designers are

only suspending disbelief to a certain extent. They are proposing ideas that should be possible.78

Suspending Disbelief enable teams to generate information that currently does not exist by

testing the effects of hypothesized associations. As other scholars have found, it is only through

the act of transforming ideas that designers discover what they are looking for — given that it

does not exist in current practice or imagination.79 My research demonstrates that suspending

disbelief enable designers to bring ideas from disparate fields together, transforming them into

something new and unexpected. It is through these acts of suspending disbelief, which are

learned across projects, that unanticipated connections are made, which lead to innovation. The

76 Stark 2009.83; Leschziner and Green 2013:122-123. 77 Like Böcking (2008:1) states, the suspension of disbelief means accepting “limitations in the presented story, sacrificing realism, and occasionally logic and believability.” 78 My research focused on designers working on products that must meet functional requirements as well as a host of strict laws (both natural and legislative). By example, an architect cannot suggest ideas that defy physics. Unlike an installation artist, live loads, bearing capacities, etc., all constrain what is possible. Moreover, city by-laws and building codes restrict what is permissible. 79 Stark 2009:175; see also Padgett and Powell 2012; Kogut and Zander 1992; Vedres and Stark 2010.

Page 95: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

87

designers I observed and spoke with suspend logical cognition by faking details, ignoring

aspects, and building on assumptions.

Reviewing in progress plans for the International Performing Arts Center project, Aldo and

Jeanne zoom in to review what they are holding for the structural elements of the building.

Having worked on the plans all morning, Aldo tells Jeanne that there is not enough room in the

current scheme to adequately represent the structure that they anticipate is required to support the

building. Without hesitation, Jeanne says “that’s okay,” with a quick shrug of her shoulders.

Aldo agrees, informing her that they don’t even know what the exact dimensions of the structural

elements will be, as they are still waiting to hear back from the structural engineer who is

working with the team to develop the structure for the building. Aldo and Jeanne agree to simply

put a line in the plans for now to “represent something.”

The information required to constructing novel concepts is not available or comprehensible at

the outset of a project. Until designers start exploring, information cannot be gathered, requiring

teams to fake details until a sufficient understanding can be developed of what information is

necessary. Like in the case of the Performing Arts Center project, Jeanne and Aldo fake the

structural components of the building so they can make enough progress to start gathering

information on the structural elements. Using the most minimal line-weight in the drawing as a

placeholder, they continue developing the plans — roughly accounting for the structure of the

building.80 Waiting for the structural engineering consultant to provide highly resolved drawings

for the structural elements was not an option. In part, this was because the team was still

developing the concept, and the engineers were waiting for this information to calculate the true

weight of the building. Although their entire design is contingent on the structural system

working, they cannot define what the structural system will entail until they produce a more

resolved design concept. They are in a bit of a catch-22. Therefore, to move ahead, the team

must fake it, formulating hypotheses about its potential conditions.

80 Line weight refers to the thickness of a line in a drawing. The relative thickness of a line signals depth, proximity, and importance. By drawing a structural frame with the most minimal line weight, the team is indicating the presence of the structural elements, but not the true thickness relative to other elements within the drawing. By example, the walls.

Page 96: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

88

Stopping to figure out all the details at the start of a project, when teams initially start

exploring, dampens momentum. Faking details and elements enables teams to keep building on

ideas when they are only tentative to develop initial proofs of concept to assess where they are

going. On many occasions during a formal review, Pierre tells the team to “fudge it.” He pushes

the design team not to constrain themselves to what is currently possible given the information

they have. The principal tells the team to “fake it so it works.” Often done in preparation for a

review presentation with a client, teams show an idea that they want, even though it is not

completely developed or resolved. By showing what they want, the team can get buy-in from the

client and then figure out how to make it work after — before showing the final design to the

client. To move forward, teams must therefore provide enough information to move the concept

forward, so they can look back in their evolved state of exploration and see with greater clarity

how to fill the gaps they previously faked.

By not forcing the resolution of an idea prematurely, unanticipated outcomes are introduced

that would otherwise not be possible with existing information. Once more information is

available or they have more time, the designers will add the necessary detail previously left out.

This allows designers to gather information on other elements by “sketching and looking at

things” and not constraining themselves to what the data in front of them says is possible. In

instances like the International Performing Arts Center that Aldo and Jeanne are working on, the

final structural solutions introduce elements that come to define the aesthetic feel of the main

lobby level. This is an example of looking back, after enough of a concept’s framework is

developed, to fill in the faked elements, which can now be apprehended with greater definition

and clarity. Rather than forcing something, which is an expression of what is known, designers

use this strategy to make unanticipated connections that would otherwise not be intelligible to

them.

“Take it step by step,” says Gordon as the International Performing Arts Center team realizes the

implications of the news they just received via email.

“Don’t tackle it all at once,” Gordon instructs, referring to the new set of constrains imposed

on them, for which they must find a resolution to maintain the overall design intent.

“Take the data,” he says slowly and deliberately, recognizing the herculean task given the

situation and time constraints, “and then move on to the next.”

Page 97: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

89

Nodding in acknowledgement, the team shift their chairs towards their desks and start

absorbing the information.

Constructing novel concepts, part of unlearning within a project, by its very definition

implies that information does not exist to guide progress or find resolutions to problems. The

complexity introduced into a project of this nature is incredible. My field work shows that

ignoring aspects of the design is a method, learned across projects, to reduce the complexity of a

problem by breaking it into more manageable steps. Ignoring all but one aspect of the design,

isolating their efforts, teams are less inclined to get overwhelmed trying to resolve them all at

once. This allows them to take on far more complex problems, by constantly adjusting their

strategies of action as new information becomes available.

Without any information to support their proposed solution, the International Performing

Arts Center team had to break it down into smaller pieces to get the necessary data to

demonstrate the fidelity of their idea. The new information just received challenged them to

propose a solution that radically shifted the way they thought about the building to maintain the

integrity of their argument. Aldo, one of the International Performing Arts Center’s project

leaders, captures it beautifully:

Every day I would say that we have to ignore something. You have to tell yourself okay we

are going to ignore structure and solve this pretending that whatever we do we know that

structure is going to work, because if you consider that this needs to work for MEP, this has

to work for structure, for code, it has to be beautiful, it has to do this and that, you are not

going to get anywhere, you are just going to get stuck, you often just ignore things on

purpose, do it so that we like it, then bring it back, now start looking at it through the lenses

of structure, where are our problems, is there another way to resolve structure, is there

something else that we can do completely differently, or is it too big of a problem and it was

a mistake, let’s throw it away and try to redo the stairs or something. So, it is impossible to

manage all the problems at once, so you have to break them down, keeping the overall in

mind.

Making sure that all the isolated pieces come together as a cohesive design concept is

challenging under these conditions. Breaking down larger issues by ignoring other aspects is

important for unlearning within a project. So is “keeping the overall in mind.” Without the

Page 98: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

90

argument sequence in mind to guide decisions, elements will not fit together to form a cohesive

design. Rather than reverting to a simpler design concept after receiving the new constraints, the

International Performing Arts Center team breaks down the components into more manageable

pieces, always with the argument sequence in mind to ensure the revised elements will come

together.

When critical aspects of the design are ignored that are foundational to the design concept,

the pieces being developed can be killed on arrival. During the DC Premium Space project,

internal aspects of the design were being developed, ignoring the primary façade. When the

pieces were brought together, the internal aspect challenged the primary façade, which was one

of the driving concepts of the project. As a result, the interior work had to be rethought, requiring

more time to develop. Although enabling designers to move forward in the face of complexity, it

limits the ability of successive design elements to transform the overall concept, limiting

unanticipated transformations to be introduced to the design through secondary elements of the

project.

The site where the International Performing Arts Center will be located has below ground

elements that must be incorporated into the design. Rather than accommodating them as

suggested, the design team significantly modify the elements to fit with their design intent. The

team develops a design scheme that they want rather than one that will accommodate the

elements as easily as possible. Knowing that they will be met with resistance from the client, and

unsure if the alteration is even permissible by city code, they move ahead anyways. “Not letting

reality get in the way,” as OAE’s principal often tells the team.

There comes a point at the start of a project when faking and ignoring elements of the design

is no longer possible. As a design’s resolution increases, drawings need to account for the

dimensions and functional requirements of the elements being constructed. Yet when a lot

remains unknown — an inherent issue of developing novel ideas — teams are challenged to

incorporate this information. Assumptions move the progress of a project forward by enabling

teams to insert provisional data. Making assumptions is therefore a tool, learned and honed

across projects, for working through uncertainty by generating tentative information. Like Suri

(2013:112) writes, “as soon as we start to think ahead to future experiences and how people

might respond, we begin to draw upon our intuitive and interpretive abilities. We begin to

Page 99: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

91

imagine and empathize.” Thinking ahead to the future is accomplished through formulating and

testing hypotheses.

In the case of the inherited below ground elements, the team gets to a point where

placeholders have to be replaced with “something” resembling their real conditions. At this

point, the team needs to provide enough resolution to demonstrate the fidelity of their proposal.

Faking and ignoring will not provide the hard data they need to convince their client.81

After working four weeks on the assumption that they could significantly alter the inherited

site elements, the International Performing Arts Center team finds out that their proposal is not

possible. Like many assumptions, they don’t always hold. Failure, which is discussed in Chapter

Four, is a common outcome of exploring outside of established ideas and conventions. The

studio does not lose the project. They do, however, have to modify their design intent to conform

to the below ground elements, which redirected their path for exploration. Luckily the team has

time to restore the project’s argument sequences, quickly adapting to the new information, which

requires more faking, ignoring, and building on assumptions to maintain the spirit of the design

intent the client fell in love with.

The enabling power of faking elements and details to start work also constrains exploration

by leading teams down false paths. During the initial design of the DC Premium Space project,

the team details the window panels with an incredibly thin reveal, minimizing the frames as

much as possible. For months, the team assumes this was possible. By assuming this minimal

reveal was possible, the team closes themselves off to exploring other ideas. For this project, it

was a practical maneuver to lock in the primary design elements so that they could meet the strict

timeline imposed by the developer. Yet this stands in contrast to an emergent style of innovation

that continually evolves throughout the process of detailing the building, which sociologists of

culture, like McDonnell and his collaborators (2017) find is critical to innovation. This is

because it closes the team off to information learned throughout the process of investigating the

individual elements. Faking elements can also lead to what psychologists refer to as confirmation

81 Listing off all the primary elements of a building for which information was still tentative, a senior designer laments, we are “building assumptions, and more assumptions.” When too much is unknown and the team still moves forward with an argument sequence and design intent, they cannot be certain it will hold in the face of verifiable information. As one director mentioned, this is the point when a project can be lost at any moment.

Page 100: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

92

bias, where evidence is interpreted in ways that reflect existing beliefs, expectations, or

hypothesis.82 This exacerbates, the effects of closing of the organic emergence of innovation, by

blinding teams to more fruitful paths for exploration.

Pursuing ideas that currently do not exist in practice or imagination challenge teams to suspend

established procedural and experiential knowledge to introduce ideas that reimagine existing

typologies. Exploiting practices learned across projects within the studio for breaking with

existing routines and practices is critical to unlearning within a project. When strategies for the

suspension of disbelief are in place and can be relied upon to help teams venture into the

unknown, my research shows teams are equipped to break out of familiar paths and generate

information where it does not exist at the outset of exploration. Rather than limiting exploration

by relying on existing information, when practices for suspending disbelief are woven through

the productive fabric of a firm, teams can focus on constructing novel concepts, trusting that the

necessary information they require to realize them will become available throughout the process

of exploration.

3.4 DESIGN PRINCIPLES: THE FRAMEWORK FOR TRANSFORMATION

In early 2015, a building opens that sends shockwaves through the architectural community.83

Surrounded by hulking masses of concrete inspired by the brutalist movement of the 70s and 80s,

the taught, white glass façade of the building stands in stark contrast to its surroundings. It is not

the exterior that is generating the attention, however; it is the building’s interior.

Identifying and addressing a shift in how students learn, the building’s space is organized

across large open floor plates filled with casual seating to facilitate group discussion. Gone are

the rows of fixed desks and individual study corrals. This is all possible because the library

contains no books. Also gone is the repetition of space. With multiple “environments” on each

82 Nickerson 1998. 83 When I arrived in Manhattan to conduct my research, three months after the Ryerson Learning Commons opened, I was often asked about the design. I was asked repeatedly by architects when they found out that I was from the University of Toronto if I had visited it. Fortunately, I had, and through many informal conversations understood why it was such an important building. It was most important because it set a precedence for all future university libraries. Architects could tackle issues previously not possible, like removing books, which inhibit them up from dealing with the larger issues inherent in the future of learning.

Page 101: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

93

floor, and with no two floors alike, there is a unique space for every student’s academic needs

and preferences. Rather than imposing one way of learning and interacting, the designers have

provided a diverse setting to appeal to as broad a set of users as possible. The self-proclaimed

library of the 21st century, is located on the Ryerson University Campus in Toronto, Canada.

Identifying where opportunities lie to meaningfully transform a typology is fundamental to

introducing novel design concepts. The complexity of this is heightened by the fact that

designers working in profit orientated creative project-based organizations have limited

resources and time to design, develop, and execute projects. The challenge for unlearning within

projects, is identifying two or three foundational issues within a typology, which can realistically

be dealt with given their constraints, and then approaching them in a way that has not been done

before. If done successfully, teams will introduce novel concepts that previously did not exist in

practice or imagination.

Snøhetta, the firm responsible for the design discussed above, identifies social learning, e-

books, and diversity of learning styles as the main issues that needed to be resolved in the library

of the future. Design principles are the conceptual scaffolding employed by teams to guide their

exploration into the unknown to construct novel resolutions, for dealing with the foundational

issues of a project.

When identifying the issues unique to a project that need to be resolved, you “have to be like

okay that’s already been done, but there is an opportunity here to push in another direction,”

explains the principal of a boutique architectural studio in New York City. Lizaridis, the former

CEO of BlackBerry, added to this with his statement at the height of the company’s success:

You have to always go back and say ‘Is there something fundamentally wrong with the way

we’re seeing the market? Are we dealing with incomplete information?’ Because that’s

what’s going to get you: it’s not necessarily that some young whippersnapper’s going to

come up with some better idea than you. They’re going to start from a different premise and

they’re going to come to a different conclusion that makes you irrelevant.84

84 Mike Lizaridis, quoted in Martin 2009:61-62.

Page 102: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

94

Neither alludes to complete reinvention. It is finding a few ideas that are the seeds for developing

a different approach to an issue. Although focusing on two or three issues may sound trivial

when considering the scale of a building, it is enough to transform a typology. As Lizaridis and

the architect state, it is all about going back to the fundamental premise of an issue, and finding a

different way of approaching it than others have. This requires a new line of questioning and a

path for generating the design concept.

The “content used earlier in the development of ideas,” writes Berg (2014:14) “exerts greater

influence on final creativity than contents incorporated later in the creative process. In other

words, once the primal mark is set, the fate of any idea that grows from it may be largely sealed.”

Like the first brushstroke that a painter lays down on canvas, Grant (2016:136) states the starting

point in generating ideas shapes the path for the rest of the painting. It constrains what is

imagined. Although my research supports this, I find that designers put far more on the page than

the simple stroke of a brush. Designers begin with the rough sketches of a pencil, which provide

the conceptual framework that allows for successive ideas to emerge.

Design principles enable teams to construct novel concepts by providing the conceptual

framework from which ideas cascade, often resulting in unanticipated outcomes. In this sense, I

find design principals analogous to the rough pencil sketches placed on the canvas, which inspire

ideas, long before paint is applied. At my field site, teams employed design principles to move

their exploration forward by setting the horizon of possibilities and identifying paths of

opportunity.

Coming back to the same idea, study after study during the first week of the International

Performing Arts Center project, it becomes clear that the materiality of the façade will become

an important aspect of the design. To address one of the issues unique to the project, Pierre

decides to resort to one of the studio’s predilections — transparency — to resolve the issue.

Designers on the team responsible for generating options propose many different materials and

methods for providing transparency, however the design team keeps coming back to one of the

original options proposed. This idea will become one of the design principles of the project.

“From then on,” recalls Reinier, one of the designers on the team, “we knew we had to make

something very nice about the skin.” The design principle was set.

Page 103: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

95

Without knowing in advance where a team is going, a feature of unlearning within a project,

making progress towards developing ideas is challenging. Without defined waypoints to strive

towards, the challenge is knowing what to produce to progress. Setting the horizon by identifying

a rough design principle generates ideas and sets in motion streams of unanticipated associations.

Starting as a rough outline, like the pencil sketch that a painter lays down before the first stroke

of a brush, they are broad and abstract enough to allow for successive ideas to emerge.

The idea of transparency, which changes as the environment of the building changes, sets the

horizon for exploration, establishing a target to work towards and explore within. As the designer

responsible for rendering and modeling the building remarks, “we knew we had to make

something very nice about the skin.” Elaborating on this point, Jean, the studio’s director, says

“sometimes it’s one thing like [the façade] that is the seed that carries so much and creates so

many by products that are part of the expression.” The façade in many ways becomes the

building. To maintain the transformative quality of the material and provide transparency, the

internal circulation of the building would have to go around the perimeter of the space. This

organization of space creates unique opportunities for developing a highly flexible interior. In

this way, the initial idea for the material composition of the façade “created so many byproducts

that are part of the expression” of the building’s design. Expressions that were not anticipated at

the outset, and would not have been constructed had the team not used the design principle to set

their initial horizon of exploration. In this way, design principles set trajectories for moving

forward explorations.

Design principles should not be viewed pejoratively as “constrain[ing] what people can

imagine,” as Grant (2016) describes them. As the starting point — or vocabularies of motives —

for generating ideas, in the words of Berg (2014), the idea for the façade “shap[ed] the path for

the rest of the painting.” This reflects Mills (1940) vocabularies of motives that established

strategies of action, which, in this case, is analogous to design principals setting in motion

streams of action. Without knowing what the final painting would look like, the initial idea

created many unanticipated conditions when the team went from initial project specific argument

sequence to designing the building. In effect, design principles unleash a stream of focused

actions.

Page 104: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

96

If we return to the Landmark competition where the principal asked his team “Frankly, what

is the big idea?” it becomes evident that without design principles, it is hard to generate ideas in

uncharted territory. Where do you search? How do you build on other ideas? There were no

seeds to “let [the design] grow on its own,” as one designer describes it. No stream of action was

initiated that provided the environment, as Joas (1996:135) argues, to nurture the unfolding of a

promising idea according to its own logic. Beauty, which became the team’s big idea, was only

skin deep. The decisions made on the façade do not cascade through other aspects of the project,

because there is no conceptual framework to tie them together. Consequently, there are no

unanticipated outcomes in other elements of the project to transform the way the space would be

experienced. By contrast, the façade of the International Performing Arts Center discussed above

is incredibly beautiful, but it starts as a method for resolving a more fundamental issue unique to

the project. To maintain this design principle, it would go right to the core of the building —

generating successive ideas as it transcends the various elements that constitute a building.

Following weeks of sudden and unpredictable change in the conceptual design of the

International Performing Arts Center project, Aldo looks at the rest of the team, who are sitting

around him exhausted and says, “I thought today would be a nice day.” In a tone of frustration,

he remarks: “why do we have to start from scratch every day.” Until the principles of a project

are established, teams work at a relentless pace, often redesigning the same element hundreds of

times, until they get traction with the principal and from the client. Frustration, anger, and

exhaustions are the norm during this phase of a project’s development. This is not unique to

OAE. The emotional toll of searching into the unknown is often forgotten after the fact, but

during the process of discovery it weighs heavily on designers. Designers often iterate to me

stories of team members, ranging from intern to industry veterans, breaking down and walking

out of the studio. They usually come back, but there are always stories of those who walk away

— often going to the commercial developer side of architecture where these pressures do not

exist. Trying to encourage unanticipated associations, which is critical to breaking with past

experiences and expectation, is not an easy process.

Albeit generative in setting a target for exploration, setting horizons limits the field of

possible exploration, initiating certain streams of action and not others. The unanticipated

connections born out of exploration are limited to the horizon set by the design principle. Ideas

that cascade out into other fields may be aborted, reducing the possibility of radical ideas to

Page 105: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

97

emerge through the convergence of unanticipated horizons of possibility. The likes of Ubers and

AirBnBs, whose transformative power is premised on the convergence of distinctly different

value pools, may not be possible within this approach to generating novel concepts. Teams need

freedom to explore to determine where they might productively interact with concepts in

different fields, if they intend to bring about disruptive innovation. Bringing together previously

distant fields, to introduce new concepts, requires a significant amount of freedom, which cannot

be circumscribed by imposing limits to the fields of possible exploration. Teams therefore need

the freedom to formulate and test hypotheses and readjust their paths of exploration according to

the information generated, even if it is divergent and leads project’s in unexpected directions.

“We are down to optics, and distortion, and color, and blushing, and all sorts of other funky

things. If this is all you are dematerializing the building down to, is this one surface, you better

be in fucking control of it.” After a long discussion on the tremendous amount of work his team

is putting into detailing the façade of the DC Premium Space project, this is how one of the

project’s artistic influences concludes: “You better be in fucking control of it.”

Without reference points, determining the potential value of ideas that previously did not

exist in practice or imagination is challenging. This is because “novelty almost by definition is

hard to understand” Padgett and Powell (2012:1). Once a novel concept is identified, maintaining

it and not reverting to what is familiar or easily understood becomes an ongoing challenge for the

design team. Identifying paths of opportunity enables teams to focus their efforts on maintaining

these elements to ensure novel ideas are brought to life. Like robust lines of action in which

actors “pursue openings whenever they present themselves,” teams need to be “shrewd” like the

Medici to keep them open (Padgett and Ansell 1993:1308). “Maintaining discretionary options

across unforeseeable futures in the face of hostile attempts by others to narrow those options”

(Padgett and Ansell 1993:1263), reflects the challenges teams face when developing novel

concepts. By focusing on paths of opportunity, teams can channel their energy in a concerted

way to ensure opposing forces, who would prefer more predictable concepts that have been

previously tested, do not prevail.

Maintaining promising paths to transform a typology is challenging because it requires

designers to work with unfamiliar ideas. The tendency to mitigate this uncertainty, especially

when the inevitable problems are discovered, threatens the potential novelty these unfamiliar

Page 106: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

98

ideas introduce into a project. When Aldo gets temporarily put on the DC Premium Space

project, he immediately scans through the in-progress drawing set. Turning to Sheela, the project

leader, he remarks that it is scary that they are still waiting for the façade consultants to get the

team dimensions for the vertical connectors that fuse the panes of glass together. What he is most

shocked by is that the project is halfway through the design development phase, and the team

still does not know exactly what the detail is going to look like. For the past 19 weeks, the team

has been assuming they will be able to have a seamless joint between the glass panes. All the

photorealistic renderings — which they use to sell the project to the client — show a sharp knife-

edge where the windows panes meet. This minimal reveal is part of the argument sequence for

the project. Now that the team has one-to-one mockups in the conference room, they are

realizing it is a far more complex challenge than initially anticipated.85 How do you hide all the

caulking and structural elements in a few millimeters? With a hard cap on the cost per square

foot for the façade, if the elements and labor required to realize this design principle are too

expensive, it will blow the client’s budget and one of the driving principles of the project will be

lost. Knowing that the entire building is premised on this one surface, the consultant is keenly

aware of how important it is to ensure that it is not value engineered out due to cost overruns.86

If it is, all the successive decisions made to support the design intent lose their meaning and in

many cases will disappear altogether. Doing a few things very well and not trying to do too

much, a practice learned across projects, enables teams to maintain their desired design intent.

For this reason, designers typically only focus on two or three things, so that they can maintain

the control required to bring these concepts to life.

In one instance, OAE comes precariously close to losing one of their project’s design

principles. In an email to the client of the International Performing Arts Center, the firm’s

principal writes, “I am loathe to do this because this removes that last bit of theatrical innovation

for the project. It just becomes a very pretty building. But certainly, not a game changer in the

85 1-to-1 mockups: These are prototypes, either made out of modeling foam or the real materials, which show the actual dimensions of an element in the design. There is no scaling, which can conceal awkward moments and/or problems. 86 Value engineering is a process where a third-party cost estimator is brought onto the project to estimate the cost of all the elements of a building. If the cost of materials and construction are higher than the allocated amount, which is set by the client, the engineers will suggest cheaper materials or materials that allow for cheaper construction methods. For some projects, value engineering occurs at the end of every phase of development.

Page 107: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

99

world of theater.” His email was in response to the client’s request that the design team reduce

the size of the building to reflect a reduction in the budget. Doing this would make it impossible

to maintain one of the project’s driving design principles — one that generates so many other

ideas. The risk here is that the constituent ideas supported by the overarching concept would fall

flat. This is because the driving design principle set the direction for inquiry and more

specifically the means chosen to pursue them, which, when upended, challenges their rational.

Pierre is not being dramatic in stating that it would “just become a very pretty building.”

With this design principle eliminated, the argument sequence will be broken, and the building

will not “do anything.” With it will also go the successive design ideas that emerged to support

it. It will not transform the way patrons experience the performing arts or offer creative directors

the flexibility to perform in almost any configuration. This wis the performative ambition that

drives the design of the project and helps adjudicate the best courses of action pursued by the

team to achieve this vision.

Remaining in control of the design principles is not easy. One designer on the team fighting

to maintain the performative ambition of the performing arts center put it this way:

The hardest thing to do in design I have realized is to maintain that original idea through two

years of design where everyone is trying to tear it down, because everyone wants to do the

easy thing. We have great engineers on [the project], but it is so often the case that engineers

don't want to go through the trouble of engineering something that they have not designed

before, or the local architect is scared and doesn’t want to take the liability of building

something unique, or the client doesn't want to take the liability that is a bit untested.

In the case of the DC Premium Space and International Performing Arts Center projects, both

have design principles that introduced novel concepts to their respective typologies. Taking them

from concept to reality requires a level of detailing and cunning strategy to maintain the design

principles at all costs — in the case of the latter project, toing the line of losing the commission

all together — in an effort to maintain the coherence of the argument sequence. By focusing on a

few things, and knowing what their dependencies are, it is easier for teams to maintain

challenging concepts, even when clients and contractors attempt to eliminate them.

Page 108: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

100

This is so important, in fact, that during a job interview with a young architect who was

currently working at one of the most highly regarded studios in the world, most of the

conversation revolves around maintaining the argument sequence and recovering when an

element is jeopardized or lost. The senior OAE staff interviewing the candidate are most

attentive during this part of the interview, because it is what allows them to introduce novel

ideas, by constantly pushing against all the forces that want to do something simple as the

architect quoted above refers to.

Defending a path is vital to carrying unfamiliar concepts from initial exploration through to

execution. Yet such defensive action becomes constraining when concepts are held on to as

constituent elements are eliminated or altered; the initial intent of the idea is lost. Reflecting on

substantive changes to the Performing Arts Center project, one designer said it was insane to

keep one of the design principles intact when it no longer performs as intended. Holding on to it,

in their opinion, jeopardizes the quality of the design. This is the resounding opinion of the team.

Exploring for novel responses to existing problems challenges teams to identify two or three

foundational issues within a typology, and then approach them in a way that has not been done

before. Exploiting practices learned across projects for identifying foundational issues upon

which to construct a design concept is vital to unlearning within a project. When procedures for

identifying design principles within a project are in place, teams can rely on them to help them to

identifying the most opportunistic paths for exploration. Rather than trying to establish practices

anew for moving a project forward, teams can focus their energy on developing emergent

responses that have not been pursed before, better enabling them to construct design concepts

that transform typologies.

3.5 GENEALOGY OF IDEAS: PROGRESSING THROUGH THE UNKNOWN

After a week of conducting studies on alternative façade materials, Philip is asked to start

working on the International Performing Arts Center’s plans. Transitioning from peripheral

research, to working on the in-progress drawing set, Philip is actively involved now in shaping

the building. It isn’t an easy transition, as he recalls:

I remember it was difficult in the beginning because I had no idea about the building. It was

the first time that I saw it and if you change things that you don’t know what they are

Page 109: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

101

actually … I don’t know, maybe some people can do it but I like to know what I am working

on, and not just dumb moving lines around.

Going from conducting peripheral studies that may or may not be absorbed into the design to

actively manipulating the drawing set requires Philip to gain a whole other level of

understanding of the project — one focused on how and why decisions are being made. Albeit

having worked on the project for a week he says, “it was the first time I saw it,” referring to the

plans that portray all the elements and how they fit together.

Unlearning within a project inherently requires a team to explore into unknown territory

where existing paths and waypoints are undefined. With the speed of experimentation, sheer

number of ideas chased down, and sudden unpredictable changes to streams of action, mapping

the course of a project and the territories explored with any level of detail is impossible. This

raises a problem for project teams: how do you progress away from the initial creative material

that set a search in motion, without endlessly looping in circles or worse not continually pushing

into the unknown where true novelty lies? Preserving the genealogy of ideas through

conversations enables members to understand how the relationship among objects, persons, and

situations have come to transform disparate ideas into new combinations, which is vital to

progress.87

When developing novel ideas, which do not exist in current practice or imagination, there is

no established experience to draw on to understand how an idea has emerged. Organizational

sociologists like Kogut and Zander (1992:389) argue, “the act of solving a problem rests on a

sense of how the phenomena function; the formal expression of the solution is unlikely to

capture fully this procedural knowledge, or even the data and information leading to the

solution.” Philip’s challenge is learning the procedural knowledge of how the design team got to

where they are when he jumped onto the project. These evolving, project specific conversations,

are “formed out of, but not reducible to the simple sum of the multiple untranslated languages”

of the different aspects of the design, they are constantly evolving and intertwining. My case

87 McDonnell et al. 2017:1; see also Mills 1940.

Page 110: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

102

demonstrates that being entrenched in these conversations is critical, given that they serve as the

only record, under conditions of uncertainty, for moving forward and making decisions.88

Despite “inform[ing] every single decision from big idea to door knobs,” according to the

principal of a boutique architectural studio, the argument sequences do not provide information

on the individual decisions that have been made, a finding that existing research demonstrates is

necessary for designing a cohesive concept.89 By example, the argument sequence for the Playful

Performing Center will guide a designer’s decision towards a playful interior that espouses the

performative ambition of the project. It will not however provide insights into all the decisions

that have been made up to that point in the design, why some ideas were promoted and others

were not.

The genealogy of decisions enables teams to collectively understand where they have been,

why they are on their current trajectory, and roughly where they are going. To collectively

progress forward and construct truly novel concepts, designers at my field site rely on the

principal curating ideas, team members knowing the decision history, and other members from

the studio giving perspective, which are practices honed and learned across projects.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to make unanticipated connections within and

between concepts by developing ideas in ways that are not initially apparent. Yet projects must

come together to form a cohesive design concept. The challenge for teams is productively losing

control, where individual efforts are encouraged to produce unanticipated connections, however

still collectively come together to progress the design. Curating ideas is the practice whereby the

principal plants seeds with the team to set the direction, and then gives relative freedom to the

members to interpret and further develop these ideas.

Open conversations are critical to progressing into the unknown. I find that by always

discussing options during the process of curating ideas, teams focus on inquiry, rather than

advocating for a solution. Like Hoffman (2015) finds, when you start with a solution, you close

off the doors for other ideas to emerge. The leader’s role according to an established architect is

88 de Vaan et al. 2015:1151; McDonnell et al. 2017; Lester and Piore 2004. 89 Schön 1983; Lester and Piore 2004.

Page 111: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

103

“framing the trajectory of the study,” identifying what the larger interests are but not

“constraining people to just becoming a set of hands.” This is a common perspective among

design directors and principals that I interviewed. By framing the trajectory of the resolution, I

find directors can help move explorations forward, without infringing on the ability of designers

to explore. Discussions are an effective strategy for providing this framework.

It is rare for directors and principals at leading architectural and design firms to ask designers

to reproduce something verbatim. “The intent is always that the person is going to come back

with something that they discovered from the process; or they are going to take something and

bring back something that is better than you expected,” explains the principal of a leading

architectural studio. A far younger principal, who went from obscurity to runaway success,

echoes the established architects statement. “The good stuff comes from self-motivated staff that

further ideas without being asked. No specifics, just take it away.”

Yet individual efforts must come together again to form a cohesive design concept, which is

challenging when everyone is developing ideas in uncharted territory. Without knowing what the

designer is going to produce, due to the expectation that they will take an idea and “come back

with something that they discovered from the process,” the direction of the project is constantly

adjusting.90 Curating ideas not only frames the trajectory of a study, but it also established

decisions that guide successive iterations of a design idea. My research demonstrates that

understanding why decisions are being made helps designers make decisions in line with those

previously made so that a collective cohesive design concept emerges.91 This is particularly

important when multiple aspects of a project are being developed simultaneously by different

members of the team — as discussed in Chapter 2. An idea pertaining to one aspect of the

project may be axed. The justification for not selecting it will help the other members of the team

working on different aspects make decisions. By example, when Pierre made significant changes

to one aspect of the DC Premium Space project because it was “off module,” the rest of the team

90 As Dewey puts it “... the determining of a genuine problem is a progressive inquiry” (1998[1938]:173). See also Gross 2009:367; Whitford 2002. 91 An aspect typically overlooked in existing research. McDonnell and his collaborators (2017) by example do not discuss how the history of decision making influences the emergence of novel ideas. Mills (1940:909) provides greater insight with his analogy of the mother providing her child with “standardized motives which promote prescribed actions and dissuade those proscribed,” by imputing motives through conversations.

Page 112: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

104

knew they had to strictly adhere to the 5’ by 5’ grid. Working within the loose trajectory in

which an idea is emerging, the team is constantly getting new feedback and information to use

when making future decisions. Looking back at the Landmark competition in which Pierre ass

the team “frankly, what is the big idea?” the lack of ideas to curate from hinders the team from

constructing novel concepts. There are no decisions to build from that are generative, leading

designers on fertile journeys of discovery that expose new means to achieve ends-in-view. Put

simple, conversations are generative with respect to setting in motion streams of action. The

more teams talk, even if it is unfruitful, it opens the potential for new streams of action to be

unleashed.

Understanding why previous ideas are selected or not is important for making these smaller,

independent decisions. As Kim, a designer at OAE, states, “a lot of smaller decisions get made

when you are rendering or using Photoshop. A lot more than people realize, because so many

things aren’t flushed out until you have to build things in 3D and you notice weird moments.”

And “for smaller things,” says another designer working on the same team, “they leave it up to

whoever is doing the study, trusting that they will make the right decision.”

The evolution of the project specific conversation that captures the genealogy of ideas is

most evident during reviews. When teams meet formally to review studies, there is an

established procedure of laying out all the options of a study, followed by walking the principal

and team through each option. Making an argument for each option, stating its strength and

weaknesses, and then letting the principal comment, is crucial to deciding which option to select

and how to refine it. Like Mills (1940:907) states, “when an agent vocalizes or imputes motives,

he is not trying to describe his experienced social action. He is not merely stating “reason.” He is

influencing others — and himself. Often he is finding new “reasons” to mediate action. As one

designer at OAE states:

When you have an idea and you need to express that idea to him, you need to have all the

potential questions and reasons to support that idea already worked out so that you are done.

So, you really need to be fast. If not, your ideas, even if they are really good, they are not

going to fly.

Pierre rarely walks into a review, looks at the options and simply states “this one.” There is

always a dialogue, something that other designers working at different studios mention as well in

Page 113: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

105

my interviews. This is an example of how the principal and designers influence the actions of

others, constantly adjusting means chosen, to develop a cohesive design concept. No one is

simply stating facts about an option, they are providing a rational, which will influence if it is

selected or rejected. This in turn impacts the successive development of the design concept.

Curating ideas enables teams to progress forward under conditions of uncertainty, however it

limits innovation to the curatorial voice of a single individual. Design concepts thus emerge

through collective efforts, but are directed through a singular voice. Although all the designers at

OAE are expected to develop arguments for the decisions they make individually and articulate

them to the team — a feature that fosters a collective conversation around the project — Pierre

ultimately has the final say. The field, or vocabularies, of possibilities is therefore limited

disproportionately to one individual’s voice — a feature of creative project-based organizations

with creative leaders — rather than a collectivity of voices where decisions are made by

consensus.

Venturing into the unknown inherently throws a team into a state of ambiguity, particularly at the

start of a project when the overarching concepts are not locked in yet. In the absence of defined

paths and terminal end points, there is no clear next step to take in the journey of discovery,

challenging teams to chart a path forward. Knowing the decision history of a project enables

teams to evolve a design by understanding what has come before, and more importantly why

other directions have been considered but not explored.

Building proficiency in the history of a project’s evolving decision conversations helps

calibrate a designer’s understanding of the general direction the project is moving in. This is

congruent with what organizational sociologists describe as a project specific language, which

“provides a normative sanction of how activities are to be organized or what information is to be

collected and evaluated” (Kugut and Zander (1992:389). “If someone is involved in the [initial

phase of a project],” tells the director of a practice “it is nice to keep people on throughout the

various phases because they understand the underlying rational for the design and for what we

are doing.” Reflecting on the project he has worked on since starting at OAE, one designer says

“when you are so into the weeds of the project, you know exactly the conditions, the geometric

limits, the real issues.” This is valuable knowledge to have. I find that this helps designers decide

what to build and then identify its potential value. Philip’s challenge of jumping into the

Page 114: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

106

International Performing Arts Center project isn’t technical, it is learning the project specific

language that helps guide the decisions of teams.

The instructive nature of knowing past decisions was most obvious when new members were

added to a team. When Gordon, a senior designer, jumps onto the DC Premium Space project

during the first week of the design development phase, 16 weeks into the project, the conflict

begins almost immediately. One of the project’s designer recalls:

That was a distraction at the time, it was at a point where [the senior designer was] proposing

design proposals without having been on the project and knowing the history and interacting

with the client and then wasn’t listening to us when we were saying the client is never going

to go for that because it is too expensive and going to push to project over budget.

From the designer’s perspective, formed by the history of decisions made on the project, Gordon

is “proposing these crazy things.” Without knowing the genealogy of decisions, Gordon is

proposing reasonable ideas from his perspective — which he fought for with well-articulated

arguments. But without knowing the “underlying rational for the design” they appear crazy in the

minds of the designers who have been on the project since day one. The team’s reactions to his

ideas make this very clear.

This is not confined to senior level designers who have a greater potential influence on a

project. Another project leader at OAE talking about an intern jumping onto her project recalls,

“when [the intern] pops in and is like why don’t you guys do this?” she responds “well because

you don’t know that a year ago we did all these options and you don’t know where all those

decisions came from.” Albeit well intentioned, the intern does not know the genealogy of ideas

specific to the project, and is consequently backtracking by proposing ideas that have been

previously explored. Without knowing how the team got to where they are when she jumps onto

the project, she doesn’t understand why courses of actions were adjusted, and why new means

have been chosen.

Drawing on past knowledge to inform future progress has the potential to constrain horizons

of possibilities. When adhering too closely to past decisions, project teams are susceptible to fall

into path dependency. The project horizon may become limiting and after a certain point limit

members from suspending disbelief to make leaps into the unknown that challenge the current

Page 115: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

107

trajectory of the project. In for profit creative project-based organizations, challenging the

trajectory of a project introduces destabilizing forcing, risking derailment and not meeting

deadlines.

It requires a significant amount of energy on the part of designers to construct ideas which

previously did not exist in practice or imagination. This requires significant trust and belief that

the unfamiliar ideas they are constructing can be successfully executed. The challenge facing

designers under these conditions is evaluating the fidelity of their ideas. Giving perspective is the

practice of someone not involved in a project, reviewing work and strengthening ideas.

The necessity of detailing ideas requires designers to get into the weeds, loosing perspective

of the bigger picture. “When you are focused everyday on a project,” tells a partner at a boutique

architectural practice, “you forget to zoom out, so it is always nice to have someone come in and

give perspective.” Following years of research, organizational psychologist Charlan Nemeth

(2012; et al. 2001) and her collaborators have come to a similar conclusion. She finds that in

groups where dissent is voiced and maintained through argument and debate, more information

is considered and strategies for problem solving are employed. The dissent results in more

creative ideas, something which I found as well.

Dissenting for the sake of dissenting is not useful, however. To simulate thought, clarify

ideas, and embolden a position, it needs to be authentic dissent. When it is not authentic dissent,

it in fact detracts from decision making (Nemeth 2012:374). People become over confident in

their options. “Armed with the belief that they have considered alternatives by virtue of exposure

to the [devil’s advocate], people may become even more convinced of the truth of their initial

position — and possibly more rigid and resistant to reconsideration” (Nemeth et al. 2001:9).

Authentic dissent, I find, is possible by bringing in a designer who is not familiar with the

project’s genealogy of decisions. “I think that it is really helpful to have someone look at the

[drawing set] with fresh eyes,” recalls the project leader at OAE who commented on the intern

jumping onto the project. Another member of the project’s design team, referring to the same

fresh set of eyes, put it this way: “To have [her] come in and ask why we are doing this,

sometimes in your head you have a way of thinking that doesn’t need explaining, but when

someone new comes and asks, you have to reflect and you notice things.” In doing so, the fresh

set of eyes expose biases, taken-for-granted assumptions, and oversights.

Page 116: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

108

The senior designer, who provides the fresh set of eyes, uncovers taken-for-granted

assumptions that the team can no longer recognize in their own work. I find, like Dane

(2010:589), that “doubt helps generate new perspectives by reducing habitual behavior, fostering

creativity, and motivating a search for discovery.” In this sense, the conflict it generates within a

team, is productive, which goes against our typical intuition to reduce friction and conflict within

teams as much as possible. As one of the project leaders on the same project was quoted earlier

“you are so into the weeds of the project,” it is hard to zoom out.

In this vein, one partner of an acclaimed design consultancy remarked:

I have a suspicion these days that we have lost a sense of conflict, that conflict is a useful

thing, it does generate ideas that are durable, it generates ideas that can stand the scrutiny of

other people. I think that for a while now there has been a culture in the studio that has not

been great, like everyone is just doing their own projects in their own configurations.

Years earlier, he reflects, when the firm first started:

We would just duke it out until we came up with something that we both were okay with. It

was not always a particularly fun process, but it did result in very strong ideas because any

idea to make it through had to go through both of us ripping it to shreds.

Ripping ideas to shreds is not an exaggeration, and in many instances the collateral damage of

this was apparent in the OAE’s studio. Yet in doing this, it exposes taken-for-granted

assumptions and weaknesses in an idea, not apparent to those working on them. In effect, it helps

expose inappropriate means to achieve desired ends-in-sight.

Albeit powerful for helping see the big picture of a project, giving perspective can threaten

the development of early stage ideas that are still premised on assumptions and unqualified

information. Ideas that require longer development periods are likely to be axed prematurely, or

worse not proposed by designers in anticipation of not having time to develop them fully. In

many studios, where weekly critiques are organized to gather reactions from the entire studio on

in-progress projects, this is a serious concern. For creative project-based organizations whose

timelines for completing projects is limited, this helps to reign in long term ideas whose

development will not meet deadlines. These ideas require longer term commitment, either as

Page 117: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

109

thought projects within the studio to be leveraged on future projects or in research and

development institutes whose time horizons are longer.

Developing novel concepts challenges teams to progress away from the initial creative material

that set their search in motion so that the final concept bears little resemblance to it. Exploiting

practices learned across projects within the studio for moving an idea from the initial creative

inputs and continually progressing forward is critical for unlearning within a project. When

strategies for remembering the evolving genealogy of ideas are woven through the productive

fabric of a practice, my research demonstrates that teams can rely on them to help understand of

how the relationship among objects, persons, and situations have come to transform disparate

ideas into new combinations, which is vital to progress. Rather than limiting exploration by

documenting all of the paths and territories explored, these mechanisms enable a team to move

quickly to explore as many options as possible to construct highly robust novel concepts.

3.6 CONCLUSION

The Playful Performing Center project, which opens this chapter, begins with a search. It starts

with the team’s attempt to reimagine how a performing arts center is experienced, by

fundamentally questioning what it is. And more importantly, what it could be. In doing so the

team ventures into the unknown. Moving beyond building upon and refining existing typologies,

the team cannot rely on past experiences and vetted information.

The initial design phase of the Playful Performing Center project exemplifies one of the

fundamental challenges facing teams attempting to construct a novel concept: how do you search

for and then identify the value of unfamiliar ideas? Put another way, how do you move forward

explorations along the most promising path, when a sense of where the team will end up only

exists as a vague vision?

Deploying rigidly defined acts for moving forward explorations into the unknown does not

lend itself to disrupting taken-for-granted assumptions and expectations. I find that the emergent

nature of truly novel ideas, whose contours are constantly changing in unanticipated ways,

requires a highly adaptable and flexible approach for exploration. Employing specific strategies

of action will force yet to be defined solutions to conform to the kinds of information on which

these strategies typically draw — artificially narrowing the opportunity space for exploration. By

Page 118: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

110

deploying highly flexible approaches, which are learned across projects, for moving forward

explorations, I find innovative organizations are encouraged to constantly ask small what could

be questions, rather than all-encompassing what is questions. This is critical for generating new

information, and then, with this information, constantly reevaluating means selected and ends-in-

view targeted to construct concepts that emerge organically. When coupled with project specific

argument sequences, which serve as a conceptual scaffolding for building concepts around,

teams are able to quickly evaluate the value of unfamiliar and potentially contradictory ideas. My

case shows that this kind of approach enables teams to answer what could be questions, and then

quickly evaluate the worth and utility of the information, and, in turn, how to incorporate it.

When the argument sequence emerges along with the concept, I find it take designers from the

highly familiar, the starting point of exploration, to new territories, which come to define

genuinely novel concepts. Simply put, it is a catalyst for pushing a project from the familiar into

the unknown.

Learned across projects, employing predilections, suspending disbelief, selecting design

principles, and learning to follow the genealogy of decisions enables designers to venture into

unfamiliar territories. When the exploratory foundation within a firm is premised on ends-in-

views, which are moved forward through constant questioning and in turn reassessing means

selected, organizations can continually innovate because they are not focusing on specific acts or

strategies that will produce predictable solutions.

Page 119: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

111

Table 3: Exploration What How Overview: Constantly asking small what could be questions to generate new information, and then evaluating it in relation to the project specific argument sequence to determine the utility of the unfamiliar information, and in turn potentially changing to ends-in-view targeted and means selected to move a project forward. Challenge: Moving forward explorations along the most promising path, when a sense of where the team will end up only exists as a vague vision, and in turn not knowing what to search for and then assessing its potential value to the project.

Predilections: established frameworks within a practice for approaching the unique issues of a design challenge, which serve as starting points for orientating explorations.

• Focus the team’s initial research

around the first principles of a problem.

• Aligning the ambitions of a project with the fundamental issues that need to be resolved to achieve the desired outcomes.

Suspending Disbelief: the practice of generating information that currently does not exist by enabling teams to test the effects of hypothesized associations.

• Faking details until a sufficient

understanding can be developed of what information is necessary to resolve an issue.

• Ignoring aspects to reduce the complexity of a problem, breaking it into more manageable steps.

• Building on assumptions by inserting provisional data to move a project forward.

Design Principles: the two or three conceptual scaffoldings employed by teams to construct novel concepts around that represent the fundamental issues they are dealing with and are driving the design.

• Setting the horizon of possibilities

to generates ideas and sets in motion streams of unanticipated associations.

• Identifying paths of opportunity to focus what a team fights to preserve within a project.

Knowing the Genealogy of Ideas: the practice where teams, through conversations, learn how the relationship among objects, persons, and situations have come to transform disparate ideas into new combinations.

• The principal curates ideas by

planting seeds and then giving designers freedom to interpret and then explain their work.

• Through conversations, team members know the history of decisions, and why something was selected or rejected.

• Designers from other projects providing perspective by challenging a team to explain the rational for their work.

Outcome: Encourages a highly flexible and adaptable approach to exploration, which enables teams to answer what could be questions, and then quickly evaluate the worth and utility of unfamiliar information, and in turn, how to incorporate it and move forward.

Page 120: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

4 THE CONSTRUCTION

I will draw it and see what it does …

- Designer, Architectural Firm, NYC

Following a meeting for an ongoing project, Pierre asks a designer to pull up a document on the

large flat panel screen at the front of OAE’s main conference room. As she scrolls past the

introductory page, he blurts out “argh,” jerking his head back as the first image appears on the

screen. They are all visibly repulsed. Scrolling further through the package, their shock turns into

disbelief. Each new option that appears on the screen is worse than the last. When they reach the

end of the document, Aldo groans, clutching his head with his hand. He knows this is going to be

a grueling competition.

The competition package they just reviewed shows preliminary massing options proposed by

a commercial real estate developer for a plot of land in lower Manhattan. As one of three firms

selected to participate in the Metro Skyscraper competition, their primary directive is to exceed

the rentable square footage of the models. Following a call between Pierre and the client, inviting

OAE to the competition and completion of obligatory legal work, the team has less than one

month to submit a highly resolved design concept to the client. Apart from the initial call, the

team has only a very brief description of the project and site, along with extensive zoning

requirements, to initiate their exploration.

Printing off multiple zoning documents that dictate street setback rules, height restrictions,

and maximum square footage per floor, included in the competition brief, Philip starts to review

the dimensions of the proposed massing models. The clunky models, which are an expression of

maximizing rentable square footage at the expense of aesthetics, is disjointed, lacking crisp lines

that pull the monolithic façade together to form a cohesive design. Although Pierre is certain the

firm hired by the developer to assess the financial viability of the project maxed out the envelop

of the building according to zoning regulations — hence the shocking massing options — they

Page 121: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

113

need to know where they have room to maneuver. Before they can start designing a concept, they

need to know floor by floor what the maximum and minimum dimensions are. Every inch

counts.

While Philip is analyzing the dimensions, Greta and Thorsten, two interns assigned to work

on the competition, come to him for guidance on building the site model. Pulling up Google

Earth on his screen, Philip zooms in on the project site. Slowly zooming back out, he tells them

that they need to think about scale. Not only of the building’s massing model, but also the

surrounding context within which it will be built. Panning the camera angle 360 degrees to view

the surrounding buildings, he roughly indicates with his finger on the screen how much of the

surrounding context should be included in the site model. Philip asks the two interns to also

make a foam massing model of one of the options proposed by the client. He wants to see what

they are working with.

Working in a typology seemingly exhausted of new ideas, the client wants something that

will stand out in the Manhattan skyline. They want bold ideas that will distinguish the building’s

design from the banal office buildings that are associated with commercial high rise real estate.

A reality of designing in a space where financial imperatives take precedence over experiential

and aesthetic expressions. Something that this project is not immune to either. Nevertheless, the

client wants a landmark building, whose distinctive design will become a distinctive brand

identity, like the Grace, Lever, of Seagram buildings in Manhattan, which command the highest

price per square foot on the commercial rental market due to their designs. This is a challenging

task given that Manhattan has been the canvas upon which master architects like Mies van der

Rohe, Gordon Bunshaft, Renzo Piano, and Norm Foster, to name only a few, have built career-

defining commercial skyscrapers. The team will have to reinterpret the inherent constraint of the

typology and issues unique to the project to develop a novel design concept.

Two days after first reviewing the competition package, the firm’s principal and team return

to the conference room to review their progress. Taking up a large portion of one of the

conference room tables, the site model is complete. Beside it is the massing model Philip asked

Greta and Thorsten to produce. Reviewing the dimensions of the options proposed in the initial

competition package, Pierre and Gordon identify the perimeter offset from the core as the driving

force determining the geometry of the options presented by the developer.

Page 122: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

114

Reaching over to grab the foam massing model from the other table, Pierre tells the team to

pare it down to the cleanest form possible. “Once you get a perfect shape,” he gestures with his

pencil on the scale model, “it is easier to fuck with it,” as he sketches out a perfect rectangle on a

piece of paper.

Following a brief internal team discussion on steps moving forward, they return to their

respective workstations. They take only a brief break to get beer and snacks from the Friday

evening social hours taking place at the other end of the studio.

On the following Monday, the team meets in the conference room for another formal review.

Next to the site model there are three foam massing models, and multiple computer generated

three-dimensional wireframe drawings of the massing. On the main conference room table, is a

set of plans and elevations that depict the three schemes the team is currently pursuing, along

with zoning diagrams and dimension tables illustrating the site’s street setback and height

restrictions. Philip provides a brief overview of the zoning restrictions, after which the entire

team gets up and moves across the room to stand around the table with the models. The team is

silent as Pierre reviews the various studies and models.

Without saying anything, Pierre takes a piece of paper and starts sketching a few crude

diagrams. Looking at Aldo, he tells him that he keeps thinking about a previous project they

designed. Nodding his head, Aldo starts to draw a basic rectangular massing with similar

extrusions to illustrate to the rest of the team what they did. Pausing to look at his sketch, Pierre

rotates the piece of paper 180 degrees, realizing that by flipping his idea, it has the potential to be

an interesting concept. Combining a façade option that the firm tested in the past with the

inverted sketch, he asks Aldo, the project leader, to immediately mock it up in 3D.

For the rest of the day, Aldo works on translating the sketch into a three-dimensional

wireframe model.

The next morning Pierre pulls his chair next to Aldo’s. Zooming out from what he is

currently working on, Aldo show him five options he has generated off the initial sketch. Taking

the computer mouse, Pierre handles each model, flipping and rotating them to see how the sketch

is translating once the rough dimensions of the building are taken into account. Selecting his

favorite option, he asks Greta to quickly make a foam massing model of it.

Page 123: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

115

A short time later, she emerges from the modeling room in the back of the studio. With the

blue foam model in hand, roughly 15 inches in height, the team gathers around Pierre’s work

station, who is anxiously waiting to see how it turns out. Rotating the model in his hand, it is

clear to everyone that the idea, which looked so promising when sketched out and then modeled

in the computer, will not hold. The tapered and pleated form they were hoping to achieve is

imperceptible. They don’t bother to place it in the site model to see how it reads in relation to the

surrounding context. The concept is broken. On to the next idea.

Returning to the five massing models, Pierre looks at one of the other options developed by

Aldo. Taking a seat next to Aldo at his work station, Pierre and Gordon ask him to pull up

various images of builds on Google. On his second computer screen, Aldo is quickly making

alterations to the three-dimensional massing model to reflect the changes they are proposing in

relation to the photos he is pulling up on Google. Standing up, Pierre tells Aldo to quickly

develop the ideas they just discussed.

Over the next twenty days the team continues in this way. They rapidly prototype ideas using

multiple tools to convey the emerging design concept. As ideas gain traction, their fidelity is

tested using a whole new set of tools, to the point of developing a set of photorealistic renderings

that depict the near real conditions of their proposed design.

Focusing on constructing ideas, within creative project-based organizations, this chapter explores

how teams generate information which previously was not available, a feature of developing

concepts that are genuinely novel. I ask: how do designers translate vague visions from the mind

of the designer into a tangible form that can be interrogated, evaluated, and built upon? To

answer this question, in the first section, construction, I lay the foundation for how designers

translate visions into tangible representations — a fundamental challenge of unlearning within a

project. The four sections that follow explore how generating information where it previously did

not exist, which is learned across projects, occurs in practice. First, in precedence, I explain how

teams start to identify the initial raw creative material to start constructing concepts with when

there is no defined starting point or material to work with. Next, in studies, I explore how

designers generate information where it did not exist before, when there is no prior

understanding of how the idea will take shape. Then, in iteration, I explain how designers

encourage the successive emergence of ideas through constant refinement, when there are no

Page 124: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

116

bounded moments of insight. Finally, in configuration, I explore how teams distinguish their

ideas, when all other studios essentially have access to the same tools to gather insights.

Throughout the chapter, I show how these mechanisms, which are deployed across projects,

enable teams to unlearn within a project – addressing the fundamental challenge facing creative

project-based organizations: how do you continually innovate?

4.1 CONSTRUCTION: THE TOOLS FOR DEVELOPING NOVEL IDEAS

Following perfectly composed photographs of a completed project, most architectural websites

and monographs include images of models, sketches, and plans. Photos of neatly and

sequentially arranged models depict the linear development of a design.92 Rough sketches

convey the inspiration for the project. Plans show the spatial organization. These artifacts

provide a glimpse into the development of an idea. Yet in these retrospective accounts, there is

no reference as to how teams moved forwards, backwards, and between different models. Gone

too are the markings on the massing models that indicate where changes need to be made. So,

too, are the hastily taped on additions to quickly evaluate an idea. The ubiquitous roll of trace

paper is nowhere to be seen next to the plans, covered in red ink that provide direction on

alterations. All of the failed ideas are missing as well.

Once a building is completed, the intermediary steps that made its production possible are

often forgotten.93 This is most evident in the artifacts omitted from retrospective accounts of a

design’s emergence. The messy and confusing process, as most designers refer to the

development of a design, is backgrounded. It is quickly cleaned away and hidden behind closed

doors when clients visit the office. Yet novel concepts must be constructed. They are not out

there in the existing population of ideas waiting to be discovered.

92 See Richard Meier & Partners Architects LLP (richardmeier.com); Morphosis Architecture (morphosis.com) designer of the Univeristy of Toronto Graduate Student Housing. 93 Latour and Woolgar (1986:63). Even within the literature on innovation, only a high-level overview of tools is provided, with little discussion on the use of tools. This can be attributed to methodological issues, particularly time and embeddedness at the field site. See for instance Hargadon and Bechky (2006); Hargadon (2003). See also Tilly (2002; 2006) on how accounts are truncated after the fact, as well as Vaughn (2002; 2004) on the cultural and organizational reasons why selective accounts emerge after an event.

Page 125: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

117

This raises a fundamental challenge for producing novel ideas in creative projects. When

teams are tasked with constructing previously unknown concepts, how do they translate vague

visions from the mind of the designer into a tangible form that can be interrogated, evaluated,

and built upon? Unlike refining existing knowledge, where there is a certain degree of familiarity

and understanding of the constituent elements that make it up, constructing novel ideas requires

teams to build concepts that are unfamiliar and lack preexisting information. This challenge is

intensified by the fact that concepts do not appear in bounded moments, where the preverbal

lightbulb goes off. They are emergent, requiring designers to successively generate information

on the developing ideas that compose the concept.

Like Stark and his collaborators (2009:142), I find that the tools used in design are

remarkably similar to Latour’s (1987) definition of scientific instruments as “inscription devices

that shape a view.” Massing models, sketches, computer aided design software, and plans, to

name only a few, reveal properties of an idea, unintelligible when residing in the mind alone.

Rather than searching for novel ideas, I find, like Stark, Latour, and their respective

collaborators, that designers physically construct them — successively translating visions into

reality.

Prior to inscribing a new idea, designers do not know in advance how it will turn out. It is

therefore common for a designer to say “I will draw it, and see what it does,” prior to translating

an idea into a tangible form. As one designer at OAE succinctly describes her role, “I am a

translator of ideas into a physical test.” It is only through the process of inscription that

properties of an idea that are not immediately apparent reveal themselves. The principal “makes

some bad rough sketches about it,” describes another designer, “but it is obviously not going to

be that because once you put it into real dimensions and what it has to do, I don’t know.” Ideas

must be transferred from the mind into a tangible form to provide more detailed feedback. A

cycle of testing that ends disproportionately in failure rather than success.94

Tools, however, are not mere transporters of information. They select, modify, and present

information in ways that shape how a designer sees an idea.95 They are therefore active elements

94 Simonton 2015:12; Fraser 2012. 95 Stark 2009:144; Beunza and Stark 2002:34.

Page 126: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

118

in the construction of novel concepts. Site models, by example represent the context in which a

project will be located. Using white foam, the surrounding buildings, streets, and contours of the

land are recreated at scale. These models allow designers to understand the context in which they

are building. What are the sight lines? How will the project block another building’s light? The

site model does more than simply answer questions. The site model helps designers understand

how their building can work within the environment. How can the building’s positioning on the

site, for instance mitigate heat buildup from the sun?

Figure 3: Construction

The information selected, modified, and represented is not equal across all tools. They

differentially reveal and conceal information according to their specific purpose and medium.96

As illustrated diagrammatically in Figure 3, each tool represents a lens of information, whose

collective information could not be revealed through one lens alone. After weeks of modeling the

lobby of the DC Premium Space project using renderings, the team builds a scale model.

Crouched around the model which shows all the walls, windows, doors, and fixed elements like

the concierge desk, Aldo is shocked that they have not paid attention to the elevator lobby. The

scale model revealed aspects of the design previously concealed by the camera angles of the

renders. The information revealed by different tools is so varied that to get at the “distortion, and

96 Latour 1986.

Page 127: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

119

color, and blushing, and all sorts of other funky things” mentioned by one of the DC Premium

Space project’s artistic influences, the team had to travel to China to inspect full scale mockups

of the glass. These aspects, which are concealed in renders, and even the glass samples sent by

the glass manufacturers, are only revealed at full scale. Each conveying only a specific spectrum

of information.

Without prior experience or knowledge of new concepts, teams are limited in what they can

construct with one spectrum of information alone. To develop complex concepts, my case

demonstrates that multiple tools need to be used simultaneously to combine spectrums of

information. This is because “the combination and superimposition of task-relevant structures,”

come to embody “kinds of knowledge that would be exceedingly difficult to represent mentally”

writes Hutchins (1995:96) when describing the tools used for long distance sea navigation.97

With each tool varying in type and degree of sophistication, theorists of science and technology

demonstrate that they only provide a narrow spectrum of specialized information.98 By

combining them, the spectrum grows in depth and breadth, adding levels of resolution and

understanding not possible on their own. 3D models created on the computer “help identify

weird moments,” in the 2D plans, says a designer at OAE. By combining 3D modeling with

AutoCAD plans, designers identify awkward moments where walls impose on spaces, something

that cannot be easily identified in the mind of the designer when looking at plans alone. The

visual and tactile quality of inscriptions is the most common point of discussion in most popular

accounts of design thinking. In the words of Tim Brown (2009:238), CEO and President of

IDEO, visualizations “engage senses beyond what words can describe.” There is good reason for

making this argument. An argument that is ubiquitous and seemingly uncontested across design

literatures (see Rodriguez and Jacoby 2013). As Baynes and Pugh (1981) demonstrated long ago,

industrial drawings enabled a handful of engineers to develop enormous machines that did not

exist, surpassing the scale and complexity previously imaginable. Even Richard Swedberg

mentions visualization as a method to resolve problems (Swedberg 2016:15). 99 For this reason,

theorists of science and technology, like Latour (1986:7), argue, “you have to invent objects

97 See also Latour and Woolgar 1986:84. 98 Latour 1986:3. 99 see also Booker 1982; Latour 1986:27.

Page 128: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

120

which have the properties of being mobile but also immutable, presentable, readable, and

combinable with one another.” Otherwise the visual and tactile qualities that expose these

properties cannot be interrogated by others and transformed.

Contrary to prevailing perspectives on the role of tools in design (see for instance Latour

1986; Stark 2009; Beunza and Stark 2002), I argue that highly innovative organizations, like

OAE, employ established approaches for translating visions from the minds of designers into

tangible representations. Rather than changing the order and emphasis of tools for each project, I

find innovation is in fact encouraged by the consistent use, emphasis, and ordering of tools,

which is unique to every firm. As an approach that is premised on successively testing,

interrogating, evaluating, and refining ideas, teams are able to move forward the exploration of

vaguely defined visions, whose final composition is not yet determined. This enables teams to

unlearn within projects by continually exposing the qualities of ideas, which my research

indicates creates stronger, bolder, and more novel ideas, by being highly responsive and

adaptable to the new information uncovered. Reorganizing tools and procedures focuses the

attention of exploration on defined acts of reshuffling, reordering, and recombining inscriptions,

rather than the qualities that these practices expose of the ideas. I argue that the unique

configuration of tools and the procedures for engaging them is only part of the explanation. The

iterative and integrative nature of these approaches, which exposes unique qualities of ideas that,

when refined and built upon, is critical for enabling teams to move from highly familiar ideas to

genuinely novel ideas that previously did not exist in practice or imagination. This kind of

approach is premised on building the strongest possible concept by nurturing ideas, incorporating

and adjusting them as new information is revealed.

In the sections that follows, I will explain how precedence, studies, iteration, and

configuration, which are practices learned across projects, are used by teams at OAE to

successively construct and then recognize novel concepts.

4.2 PRECEDENCE: GATHERING THE RAW CREATIVE MATERIAL TO START

How do you start constructing an idea? “I look at what other architects or other people have

done,” responds a senior designer at OAE, “because that is super helpful. You know there is

super knowledge that is out there, why not use it?”

Page 129: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

121

“When we are starting a new project,” tells the principal of an established and highly

acclaimed architectural practice in Manhattan, “we often do precedence research. So, if it come

to doing a library, let’s brainstorm twenty great libraries that we think are interesting by other

architects and we will use those as precedence.” Like when Pierre flipped through the SANAA

monograph to show a specific project to the Playful Performance Center team, explaining why

certain features are elegant and how they transform the feeling and experience of the space, he

was establishing precedence for the project.

Unlearning within a project requires the team to break with familiar ideas and established

perceptions and start constructing concepts in unfamiliar territory. This uncertainty and

unfamiliarity is heightened at the start of a project when the potential creative material to build

with is almost limitless and the project’s direction is relatively undefined. The problem raised by

unlearning is identifying the raw creative material required to start constructing concepts, and

guide successive explorations. Precedence research is an established approach within a practice

to identify exemplar raw creative material, which serves as the foundation upon which new ideas

are built.

To be creative, de Vaan and his collaborators (2015:1150) demonstrate that teams require

“the requisite diversity of stylistic elements available for reworking.” Borrowing ideas from

others is a method for gathering this creative material. Although de Vaan and his collaborators

focus on networks, emphasizing how close ties increase the distribution of creative material and,

importantly, provide the trust to work with unknown material, I find that borrowing from firms

with different predilections is similar to gathering “unfamiliar” creative material. Designers

typically come out of “schools” of design, with friends and acquaintances at the practices that

they are drawing on.100

Writing in the context of design and seeing issues in new ways, Rottenberg and O’Meara

(2013:173) suggest borrowing great ideas from others as a strategy for gathering raw creative

material. A practice advocated long ago by famed industrial designers Ray and Charles Eames

100 Uzzi and Spiro 2005:462. Although they focus on networks and how close ties increase the distribution of creative material and, importantly, the trust to work with unknown material, I find that borrowing from firms with different predilections is similar to gathering “unfamiliar” creative material. Designers typically come out of “schools” of design, with friends and acquaintances at the practices that they are drawing on.

Page 130: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

122

who used this approach to successfully transform many objects that previously seemed

immutable. The practice of borrowing great ideas is not exclusive to design. Theorists in science

and technology, like Latour and Woolgar (1986), argue that by borrowing established

knowledge, labs can harness the enormous power of other fields.101

Yet how do teams gather the request diversity of stylistic elements that de Vaan and his

collaborators (2015) find is foundational to developing novel concepts. My research

demonstrates that by drawing on ideas from practices with different predilections, designers

accumulate diverse raw material, which, when recombined, encourages the creative friction that

is found to facilitate novel transformations.102 SANAA’s distinctive signature, which is evident

in how issues and conditions are approached, provides a good source of diverse raw creative

material that when recombined with OAE’s predilections, produces something different

altogether.103 By filling precedence research studies with multiple examples, twenty in the case

of the library, studios introduce a wide range of diversity into their work.104

Precedence research can come in many forms. In the architectural practice where I conducted

my research, it was typically conveyed through images and plans, found online or in

monographs. I visited over 100 design studios in New York City, Chicago, Los Angeles, and San

Francisco. In all the studios, there were libraries, filled with monographs from other designers.

Like the walls of books that line most academics’ offices. These walls are filled with books that

provide images and plans of design projects. Designers at the studio where I conducted my

research often took books from the library, opening them to a specific page while working on an

issue. This provides a valuable source of inspiration and precedence for how to deal with an

element.

101 Latour and Woolgar 1986:68; Network literatures also point to distant fields as powerful sources of new information, see for instance Hargadon and Sutton 1997; Hansen 1999; Levinthal 1997. 102 Beunza and Stark 2005; Balazs and Stark 2010; Lester and Piore 2004. Also, when they were not transforming ideas, the designers often caught themselves, remarking that the ideas were too referential – meaning it was obviously ripped from another design without reinterpreting it to reflect the current conditions. 103 An interviewee who had worked at the practice where I conducted my field, went to work at SANNA, telling me “I knew it wasn't for me but it was nice to be in an office where it was all of a sudden about the experiential side of the architecture, about the space, they would never use the word concept or program. It was very freeing in a way because there isn’t just one way of doing [architecture].” 104 Quinn 1985:82.

Page 131: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

123

Ideas are not referenced in their entirety. “Often we look at precedence for very specific

things, but not the overall,” says Aldo. This is because the circumstances unique to each project

do not allow dragging and dropping ideas. “It is impossible to take something from a different

project at a different time and implement it into the new project,” elaborates a creative director at

a world renowned industrial design consultancy. “It is not going to be relevant. There are so

many variables in between every new project that everything that you know from the past you

have to modify, tweak, and build onto in some way, shape or form.” A principal at a competing

industrial design practice echoed this statement almost verbatim.

Precedence research enables teams to identify the necessary diversity in creative material to

start constructing ideas to generate responses to the unique issues of a design challenge. Like in

the case of the Playful Performance Center project for the school, Pierre only referenced the feel

of the theater space from the SANAA monograph. This was the raw material that started the

idea, which transformed substantially to meet the unique conditions of the project. In my case,

the designers I observed and spoke with start constructing ideas by drawing on precedence

research to: establish reference points, gain footholds, and gather material to build on.

On the first day of the DC Premium Space project, one of the interns on the team is tasked with

creating a precedence study for the façade. With a vague sketch from Pierre, the intern starts to

search for examples of how other architects had applied similar ideas. Within a few hours, a

folder on the firm’s internal server is filled with Google images of buildings with curved glass

façades. Going through the images using the file preview function on the computer, the intern

selects ten examples and puts them into a precedence research package. Next to every example,

the intern draws out, in plan, the geometry of the panes of glass and their modules using

professional publishing software.

Without prior knowledge of how an issue will be resolved, the challenge facing creative

teams is establishing a starting point to generate ideas from. My research demonstrates that to

establish a generative starting point, teams rely on precedence research to find reference points

within the existing body of ideas to start moving the construction of novel concepts forward. In

the case, above, the internet, and more specifically Google Images is used to gather a set of ideas

that serve as the initial creative material from which the final idea will evolve.

Page 132: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

124

The practice of finding raw creative material is aptly explained by the principal of a boutique

architectural firm in New York City:

“Our research starts off in this very broad sense and then at the same time we are also

looking at specific architectural solutions and precedence that may have addressed similar

issues at another time and trying to understand is there a history of ideas within architecture

that may resonate or coincide with the issues that we are dealing with.”

Like in the example of the DC Premium Space project, other architects have applied similar

façade approaches. The intern is not looking at the aesthetic application of the concept, rather he

is specifically focused on identifying the curvature and module width used in these applications.

Without knowing how the design element will be realized, the intern starts to translate the initial

vision of the principal into a testable form, using computer software, by establishing a foundation

to build upon. By establishing reference points to construct a yet to be defined concept, he helps

to set a vision for the project.

Returning to the Playful Performance Center project, when Pierre challenges the team to

reestablish the ambitions of the project, the team has established reference points using

precedence examples that will not transform the daily experience of the children at the school. In

this case, not only are the ambitions for the project misaligned with the intended objectives, but

also the reference points from which the ideas initially emerged. Without the appropriate

reference points, the team is exploring for solutions that will not arrive at a space that provides

complete transparency between front and back stage. In short, they are not establishing a vision

through reference points that align with the ambitions for the project. Misalignments of this

nature lead teams to develop design concepts that do not meaningfully transform the typologies

they are engaging.

As projects pass through successive phases of development, the team continues to draw on

precedence research to inform their decisions. With the physical construction documentation

drawing set of another building, the team references very specific details when they are stuck and

don’t know how to resolve an issue. In this instance, the drawing set serves as a tool for

resolving questions pertaining to the fine detailing of an element of the design. One designer put

it this way, “I like to know how other architects have solved the problem.” The drawing set,

which serves as a precedence for the project, is only used for reference.

Page 133: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

125

Albeit enabling teams to start constructing ideas by establishing ideas to riff on, reference

points constrain further exploration and construction of ideas from different vantage points.

Without the luxury of prolonged periods of initial exploration, project-based organizations need

to focus on one approach. Without the ability to vet multiple paths for constructing ideas against

one another, innovation is limited to the development of one path.

Reflecting on the initial days of the Metro Skyscraper competition, Aldo says, “a lot in the early

stages of competitions, when you don’t really have any ideas yet, you are borrowing to get

something on paper.”

Venturing into the unknown, a necessary aspect of producing novel concepts, requires teams

to work with unfamiliar ideas. Constructing ideas where there is no existing information is a

fundamental challenge facing creative teams. Where do you start? In what direction, do you

move? I find that teams employ precedence research to establish footholds into the unknown, to

gain traction and start experimenting and constructing ideas. Revealing properties of the design

within which placeholders are situated, footholds provide the team with additional information to

start developing a novel design concept. This is particularly helpful when a sense of where the

project will end up does not yet exist.

During competitions, when teams often have less than a month to develop a highly resolved

design concept, there is no time to wait for inspiration. This is evident when the Metro

Skyscraper team start designing a multi-story section of the building that is intended to stand in

contrast to the monolithic façade and massing they were proposing for the rest of the building.

Aldo describes how they approach this:

“A lot of times we will use things as place holders. We want this to be an interesting meeting

room, like a labyrinth, so we take something from [a past project] and toss it in there because

it's a place holder, it stands up, we know it is something that we like and can be used again

until you actually design it.”

The final concept is nothing like the elements copied and pasted from the previous project. What

the placeholders provide, however, is a quick reference point for how the idea might read in

general. From the information revealed from these inscriptions using 3D modeling software, the

team develops an array of virtual options. But they all start from the initial placeholder, or

Page 134: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

126

foothold, which demonstrates the fidelity of the idea. Similarly, in the case of the Playful

Performance Center project, the theater design is only a placeholder in AutoCAD, a computer-

aided design and drafting software. Within a few days, an entirely new concept is introduced; the

initial placeholder provides the structure around which other elements are designed. In both

instances, renderings of ideas placed into the emerging design provide the necessary information

to develop ideas that hold little conceptual resemblance to the initial placeholders. The

placeholders therefore provide a foothold that enables teams to start climbing and moving

forward when the direction is only a vague vision.

Although designers need a foothold in the otherwise insurmountable mountain of potential

paths to pursue, placeholders can constrain innovation. Setting the first step in the journey of an

idea’s development, placeholders are familiar. Given the short duration of time allocated to the

initial concept design, a necessity for creative project-based organizations to meet strict

deadlines, teams may not have sufficient time to iterate far enough away from the initial creative

input. Design concepts therefore may be novel by definition, but will not significantly transform

the typology by radically moving away for existing experiences and expectations. Footholds

therefore need to be deployed by teams as starting points in a journey, not basecamps to rest

upon.

Returning to the quotation from the senior designer at OAE at the beginning of this section: “It’s

because I don't know how to do something so I look what other architects or other people have

done, because that is super helpful. You know there is super knowledge that is out there, why not

use it, and if we do, then we improve it.” His colleague adds to this by stating “I think the way

things are in architecture there is nothing new that is invented, you are just interpreting

something that has been done before.” Designers are drawing on ideas from various sources,

“steeling them,” as another designer describes it, and then building upon them by transforming

them or framing them in a different way.

Although novel ideas are not out there in the existing population of ideas waiting to be

discovered, they are not created out of thin air. Unlearning within a project requires creative

teams to develop concepts that bear little to no resemblance to ideas that have come before. This

raises a fundamental challenge for designers: what do you use as a foundation for constructing

novel concepts. I find precedence provides the creative raw material to build on, providing teams

Page 135: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

127

with an initial foundation to transform ideas into something completely different and non-

referential to the initial idea.

Theorists of organizational innovation argue that all ideas, no matter how radically new, are

combinations and permutations of existing ideas (see for instance Padgett and Powell 2012:2).

The utility of existing ideas, or precedence as I refer to them, whether from within and outside

the field, is consistent with how sociologist of culture conceptualize the building blocks of new

ideas or strategies of action.105 A partner at an international design consultancy describes how

the idea for an exhibition to showcase the ready-to-wear line by an haute couture designer

emerges, which is considered a novel approach to retail at the time:

Ultimately the strategy led to what we wanted to do, which was the valuation of the product

itself and make it look precious, but you have this series of steps to get there, and a lot of that

has to do with looking at pictures, there were a couple really key pictures for us. There is one

of a natural history museum with this grid of all these dinosaurs and another one that came

from the Museum of Natural History of New York where they have all these drawers.

The exhibition, unveiled in one of the most expensive retail locations in the world, has nothing to

do with dinosaurs or butterflies. It is the means for organizing museum exhibits and the

experiences of patrons that provide the initial raw material out of which the final concept

emerges. “Great innovation means pulling from different reference points and sources,” says the

principal of an industrial design consultancy. In this instance, images are the tools used to expose

ideas and patterns of organization, which provide the foundation for building completely

different ideas. What is important to point out is that these reference points only serve as a

starting point, which the team successively repurposes, recombines, and transposes, to generate

something genuinely novel.

Returning to the moment when Pierre finishes explaining why certain features of the theater

space are elegant and how they transform the feeling and experience of the space, he starts to

draw on these ideas — literally. Tearing a piece of trace paper off the roll, he carefully places it

over the plans of the theater in the monograph and starts tracing the outliner, replicating lines

105 Leschziner and Green 2013.

Page 136: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

128

from the plans that he wants to build off and omitting those he does not care for. Handing this

piece of trace paper to the team, he asks them to draw them in AutoCAD drafting software to see

how they read. These lines, or reference points, are a start. A foundation that will be repurposed,

recombined, and transposed, repeatedly, until something completely new and unexpected is

created. Throughout the afternoon, the team continues to absorb successively generated

information from this process to continue to build the concept forward.

During the development of the International Performing Arts Center, Reinier draws on an

example from Miese van der Rohe to detail the building’s primary structural columns. Looking

at his in-progress work on the computer, Pierre tells him it is too referential. Without sufficiently

recombining and transforming the initial concept, Reinier is copying the elements — not moving

sufficiently away from the initial raw creative material. With limited time to transform the initial

idea, the practice of building on existing ideas can constrain innovation. Creative project-based

organizations are limited in the time they can spend on successively transforming ideas.

Although an idea might not resemble the initial starting point, teams are limited in how far away

they can move, and, in turn, the ability to introduce radical innovation by exposing previously

unidentified properties of ideas that results in epistemological shifts.

Pursuing ideas that at the outset do not exist in practice or imagination challenges designers to

identify the raw creative material to start constructing ideas with. Exploiting practices learned

across projects for translating visions into reality is critical for moving forward unlearning within

a project. When practices for conducting precedence research are in place to identify raw

creative material to initiate the construction of concepts, my research demonstrates that teams are

equipped to approach design challenge, where an almost limitless pool of creative material exists

to choose from. Rather than limiting exploration by building on existing approaches, in which

the initial raw creative material is clearly defined, precedence research identifies opportunities

for repurposing, recombining, and redeploying aspects from multiple projects. This provides the

necessary diversity of raw creative material to construct novel concepts.

4.3 STUDIES: GENERATING INFORMATION TO EVOLVE CONCEPTS

The project table for the International Performing Arts Center, located across from the team in

the studio, is quickly filling with blue massing models. Covered with models, study packages,

Page 137: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

129

plans and material finishes, the table, approximately four by six feet, provides the most up to

date overview of the project’s progress. After officially being selected as the design architect for

the 350 million dollar project, the client has asked that the dimensions of the building be

reduced. This will require a significant transformation in the way the design concept is executed.

The team has only a few days to demonstrate its feasibility.

With plans in hand, team members are running between their computers and the conference

room where Pierre and two senior designers, Gordon and Jean, are critiquing and amending

plans. As the plans are updated, interns quickly carve the dimensions out of blue massing foam.

Returning from the modeling studio with three or four iterations each time, the interns place

them in front of Pierre for evaluation. Pierre marks the models and their accompanying plans

with a pen. Taking these notes, the interns produce updated models while the junior designers

update the drawings. By the end of the day, when the team reviews all the models produced

throughout the afternoon, they select a scheme that meets all of their requirements. Sweeping

aside the fifteen other models, they now focus on refining the selected scheme.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to grapple with ideas that are initially vague and

lack substantive definition. The complexity of this is heightened at the beginning of a project

when ideas reside disproportionately in the mind of the designer and have not been translated

into tangible inscriptions. This raises a challenge for project teams: without existing knowledge

of an idea’s exact composition, how do teams generate information on them to further develop

them? Serving as a platform through which the inscriptions of tools are presented, studies enable

teams to test ideas and generate information where it did not exist before.

Until ideas are inscribed — or translated from the mind of the designer — and all the

properties are revealed, the fidelity of an idea cannot be meaningfully evaluated. This is

consistent with how theorists of creativity, and particularly pragmatism, conceptualize the

creation of new knowledge. As Joas (1996:134) writes, “unless new hypotheses are generated, no

progress is imaginable, but of course every new hypothesis still has to prove its worth in

testing.”106 Studies, which are typically highly focused on a single aspect of design, provide vital

106 See also Misak 2013:48; Dewey 1998[1933]:138.

Page 138: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

130

information that is not immediately apparent.107 Often, “conjectures that seem plausible at first

sight are often found unfit or even absurd when their full consequence are traced out,” writes

Dewey (1998[1933]:141). Conversely, ideas that at first seem “remote and wild are frequently so

transformed by being elaborated into what follows from them as to become apt and fruitful.” In

this sense, studies serve as conceptual tools that expose the properties of multiple ideas through

whatever inscription or tool is utilized.

During the redesign of the International Performing Arts Center, Pierre introduces ideas on

many occasions, telling the team he is not committed to the idea or sure that it would even work,

but wanted them to test it and see “what it does.” This is the “messy side of things” says a senior

architect, where teams “go down rabbit holes” pursuing ideas and getting feedback without any

pressure to commit to them or justify their thought process to the client. Frantically gesturing a

winding path, a principal at a boutique architectural firm in New York City echoes this by

saying, “you need to be going back and forth. Allowing yourself to go on these tangents.” in the

absence of translating ideas, there is therefore no way to say with certainty whether they are

promising paths to follow or not.

Explorations do not always uncover promising paths. Understanding what a team does not

like, and why, is also critical to developing ideas when venturing into the unknown. In these

instances, tests of ideas provide information on why the line of inquiry is not the right path to

pursue. Describing the options proposed for new ideas, Philip, a junior architect at OAE, says

you produce “more options or things that turn out to be well, I don’t want to say nonsense, but

you kind of knew that that could not be the solution, but you had to work on it anyways.”

“Knowing what you don’t like,” tells Gordon when they produce studies filled with options that

turn out to be dead ends, “has a lot of value.” As vehicles for portraying information, studies help

define what you do like. For this reason, the young designer produces options despite having a

sense that they will not work out. The team needs this information to justify not pursuing the

path any further. Janics Robinson’s How to Taste: A Guide to Enjoying Wine provides an

interesting analogous example of this. The strategies she identifies for identifying,

107 Once during a review session, the principal at my field site told the team that they had to redo the study and break it up because it was dealing with two different issues at once. He did not want to have to consider different elements simultaneously. If the study is dealing with material finishes, it should not also look at how a wall meets with another one for instance.

Page 139: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

131

understanding, and comparing the properties of a wine, particularly when you have five wines

from one appellation, is similar to how designers assess studies. First understanding what you

don’t like, and then using that as a reference for better understanding and most importantly

articulating what you do like. This strategy helps develop a vocabulary for describing both the

favorable and unfavorable qualities of ideas, helping to hone in on certain properties of ideas and

not others.

By testing multiple ideas at once, teams come back with new ideas – as discussed in Chapter

3 — that they discover from the process of inscription. For this reason, I find designers at

innovative creative project-based organizations are expected to chase down all the options and

tear them apart, understanding what makes them strong and what makes them weak. During my

interviews, principals and senior designers consistently noted that they expect designers to

interrogate all ideas, no matter how ridiculous. They want to have reference points for why an

idea is selected, and they believe this is only possible by knowing why they didn’t select

something else. Producing multiple options also increases the likeliness that unanticipated

properties of an idea will be exposed, setting the course for further discovery. I find, through my

research at OAE and the designers I spoke with, teams gather information to put in studies

through divergent and convergent thinking, successive development, and combining options.

“I always say our ratio of production of ideas to production of things is about 1000 to 1, so for

everything that we make there are 1000s of drawings and sketches that we do in that process.”

What the partner of an international design consultancy quotes above is describing the immense

amount of work produced to develop an idea. Once the International Performing Arts Center

team selects the new scheme, they are a long way from locking in the concept. It is a constant act

of “refining ten option to one, then blowing one to ten, refining ten to one, until you get it where

you want it and address all the issues you want to address,” says a partners of an interdisciplinary

design studio. In the process of refining and blowing up ideas, teams produce a massive amount

of work. The 1000 to 1 ratio described by the principal above is not an exaggeration, it is a

reality of moving forward ideas whose end points are not defined.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to develop ideas whose properties and potential

value are unknown at the outset. This raises a fundamental challenge for teams: how can a team

Page 140: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

132

expose themselves to as many qualities and expressions of an idea as possible to ensure they

don’t fall into a path of dependency, chasing down a suboptimal idea? Through divergent and

convergent thinking, teams produce multiple iterations of an option, which provides teams with

choices to select from and more information to construct the strongest possible ideas with.

Simply put, it exposes as many properties of an idea as possible within a limited amount of time.

Drilling down on one expression of an idea reduces the information a team learns about an

emerging idea. By testing multiple competing expressions of an idea against one another, I find,

like Brown (2009:67), “there is an increased likelihood that the outcome will be bolder, more

creatively disruptive, and more compelling.” This process of refining and blowing up ideas

promotes divergent thinking, which, my case demonstrates, is a tactical strategy for translating

the ideas in a designer’s mind into tangible artifacts that can be interrogated, evaluated, and

refined.

During the development of the core for the Metro Skyscraper project, Philip starts by

developing multiple options for the initial core study in drafting software. Playing around with

standard configurations, he deviates, throwing an alternative idea into the study package. When

Gordon comes over to his desk to review the options, he comments that the alternative option is

not efficient enough in how it places the elevators and stairwells. Looking through the options

for a few more minutes, the senior designer tears off a piece of trace paper and starts to transform

the configuration of the irregular option. With the rough outline, Gordon asks Philip to draw it in

the drafting program and “see what it does.” Taking the rough sketch, Philip develops five more

iterations of the new idea, blowing it up so that they can evaluate different ways of executing the

idea. This is an example of how tools are deployed to gather as much information as possible to

provide teams with vital feedback on their ideas.

Had the young architect only produced one option in the study, not diverging, they would

never have realized the potential of an alternative configuration. Although the divergent option

only suggests an interesting direction to pursue, they have to blow it up to evaluate how

properties of the idea will be differentially expressed through various configurations of the idea.

Yet sometimes, quick studies that produce multiple options do not effectively progress a

concept. Late in the afternoon, during the second to last week of the design development phase,

Sheela frustratingly tells me that the day has been unproductive. Despite working all day on

Page 141: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

133

quick studies, none have contributed to the progress of the drawing set. The ideas tested are to

confirm what is already known, without adding substantive insights to help resolve ongoing

issues.

Albeit encouraging, the revelation of unanticipated associations and connections between

different ideas, producing a lot of ideas, constrains how deep a team can explore any one idea.

By employing this approach to quickly developing knowledge where it did not exist before,

teams are limited in the time they can dedicate to any idea, resulting in innovation that emerges

from a breadth of research rather than a depth of understanding. Creative project-based

organizations are limited in most instances to transforming ideas by exposing unanticipated

associations by exploring a breadth of ideas. Conversely, long term research and development

organizations, without defined deadlines, can take the time to dive deep into one idea.

“If you start with four options then come on, you are narrowing down a lot the possibilities of

something,” says a senior designer at OAE. “You need to start with ten options so you can get rid

of three options. Then you will have seven. From those options the client is going to give you

one or two options.” His fear of producing too few options, artificially “narrowing down a lot of

the possibilities of something,” is palpable in this remark.

When venturing into the unknown, part of unlearning within a project, teams do not have

sufficient information on how an idea will develop. This challenges teams to expose

unanticipated connections and associations within and between ideas, which cannot be predicted

before starting to develop an idea and generating information on it. The successive development

of an idea exposes new raw creative material to further develop and refine an idea that previously

did not exist in practice or imagination.

Examining the work practice of innovators, Grant (2016:37) finds that “many people fail to

achieve originality because they generate a few ideas and then obsess about refining them to

perfection.” Rather than refining one or two options, and prematurely locking in to an idea, the

designer above argues that they need to develop multiple interpretations of an idea, opening the

possibilities for unanticipated associations to emerge. This reflects the flexible opportunism of

robust action, where actors maintain “discretionary options across unforeseeable futures,”

pursuing opening wherever they present themselves (Padgett and Ansell 1993:1263 & 1308).

Recognizing that many of the properties of an idea are not immediately apparent until they are

Page 142: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

134

inscribed through various tools and presented, he wants designers to produce multiple option to

increase the likelihood of revealing potentially valuable ideas and paths to pursue for the next

round of development. This, in turn, decreases the likeliness of locking in to a suboptimal idea.

By example, had Philip focused exclusively on traditional configurations, the properties of the

divergent concept would not have become apparent to the Metro Skyscraper team. Testing as

many ideas as possible is vital to innovation, because it opens new possibilities that might not be

considered when attempting to perfect an idea. I argue it also frees the designer to an extent from

feeling as if they are married to an idea, encouraging greater freedom and risk-taking in making

associations.

Covering the large conference room table with 22 computer-generated renderings for the

material finishes of the DC Premium Space’s lobby, the entire design team gathers around to

evaluate the printed study package. Using the same camera angle, depth of field, and lighting

conditions for each of the computer-generated renderings, the only variation in the images are

the textures, colors, and materiality of the proposed finishes. Flipping options the team does not

like, a smaller subset of the options remains in place. Discussing what they don’t like about a

particular option when it is flipped, the team continues to talk about the qualities of the options

that that they like. No decision is made, however. Placing a checkmark in the corner of the

preferred options, Stephen returns to his desk to expand on the selected options. An hour later,

15 more options are added to the study for review.

In the end, there are no big moves that reveal the team’s final preference. They develop a lot

of options, successively refining and narrowing the study. The 22 initial visual renderings reveal

qualities about certain materials and their finishes that are preferred, but the team is not sure

about the colors and material composition. Before they can decide what options to present to the

client, they will need to explore further options with the preferred finishes. By exploring many

options, through the successive deployment of tools, properties of certain ideas are identified as

preferable when compared to other variations. By expanding on the preferred qualities, the

desired finish emerges. Something that would likely not reveal itself had the team tested one or

two options.

Page 143: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

135

Selection is not a zero-sum game. “Most of the ideas in the end come from a mash up of several

options,” states a designer at OAE, looking at a study package. It is rare that one idea prevails,

requiring no further refinement or adjustment.

Unlearning within a project requires the team to break with familiar ideas and established

perceptions, constructing ideas in unknown territories with unfamiliar creative resources.

Developing ideas that previously did not exist in practice or imagination challenges designers to

identify the qualities and properties of ideas that will meaningfully transform a typology.

Combining options is a practice where designers draw on aspects of multiple ideas, across

different iterations of a study, to produce the next round of options, leveraging as much

information as possible.

Without knowing in advance how an idea will develop, it is unclear in what direction it will

go. Properties of an option tested in a previous study package may return, being combined with

new options that make some quality about the initial option resonate with the team. This is an

example of the redeployment of existing inscriptions, repurposing the output of tools in a

different way than initially thought of when placed in an evolved context of discovery. Returning

to the partner who says they have a 1000 to 1 ratio provides a good example of this.

Sometimes, like from past projects that didn’t work before, we are like oh that was a really

interesting idea let’s bring that back. Like there are tons of things that we produce. I always

say our ratio of production of ideas to production of things is about 1000 to 1, so for

everything that we make, there are 1000s of drawings and sketches that we do in that process.

So, a lot of times there is stuff that is cast off that is still valuable to us. And there are certain

projects that become really emblematic I would say and they keep coming back.

Studies are therefore meticulously documented and saved on OAEs internal server, ensuring

access to the members of the team for which the option was produced and also the entire office.

Recall that the multistory section of the commercial high rise project drew on options proposed

for another project designed years earlier. Being able to quickly pull the 3D models from the

server enabled the team to revisit the idea and deploy it in another project by simply copy and

pasting it. Here they are leveraging knowledge gained from another project in the past to imagine

new possibilities for the project the team is currently working on.

Page 144: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

136

Mashing up several options is one of the most overt examples of reshuffling, recombining,

and superimposing raw creative material to produce novel ideas. Selecting the properties

revealed through the act of inscribing ideas, teams construct novel concepts by recombining

them. It is the resulting transformation of this procedure I find that opens the possibility for novel

concepts to emerge.108

Options tested in past studies are not always reconsidered. “I think most of it is research for

research’s sake in the end,” says Jean when discussing studies, “because unfortunately it doesn’t

usually get looked at enough and absorbed enough.” Under incredible pressure to produce ideas

and maintain strict project deadlines, teams do not always have the time to revisit past studies

once they are in evolved contexts of discover, resulting in a lot of potentially valuable research

not materially contributing to the development of the emerging concept. In this sense, the

practice of combining research across studies in creative project-based organizations constrains

innovation by drawing on immediately obvious connections. Without the time or resources to

dive deep into all of the past research done on a project as new information is revealed,

innovation is less likely to be premised on substantively grappling with all the ideas developed.

Exploring ideas that previously did not exist in practice or imagination challenges teams to

generate information on their emerging composition. Exploiting practices, learned across

projects within the studio, for generating and then conveying information to the team is vital to

unlearning within a project. When practices for producing studies are woven through the

productive fabric of a practice to help identify the features and qualities of new ideas, my

research demonstrates that teams are equipped to start grappling with ideas that previously did

not exist. Rather than limiting exploration to ideas that are highly defined at the outset, studies

identify areas for further explorations, continually gathering information where it did not exist

before.

4.4 ITERATION: TRANSFORMING AWAY FROM THE ORIGINS OF A SEED

How do ideas evolve from the initial raw, creative material to something so transformed that its

origins are not obvious? Reflecting on one of OAE’s past typology transforming projects, one of

108 Kogut and Zander 1992:390; Padgett and Powell 2012:2.

Page 145: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

137

the primary creative influences recalls the rapid changes that the façade went through. “There are

like fifty or sixty study models of different configurations, different iterations,” of the concept.

Years later, working with OAE on another typology transforming project, the International

Performing Arts Center, Jean remarks, “there were so many studies of ways to go with that

project, strategic things that all had different forms, I mean there must be 30 models somewhere

and in the end, we always came back to the more and more pure and simpler versions.”

Discussing the progress of the International Performing Arts Center project during the weekly

office meeting, one of the project leaders half-jokingly says “we are currently working on

Scheme C, which realistically is Scheme J.” With multiple iterations between each official

project scheme they are presenting to the client, the team has internally developed far more

iterations of the design than they have shown to the client.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to construct concepts that previously did not exist

in practice or imagination. This raises a fundamental challenge for design teams: how do you

construct concepts that emerge over time, which provide little indication of their progress

towards resolution? Sociologists of culture find that novel ideas do not appear in bounded

moments of insight (see for instance McDonnell et al. 2017). Research that stands in contrast to

these finds, arguing that innovation is an ephemeral act, typically relies on episodic research

strategies that do not capture the day-to-day processes of designers (see for instance Hargadon

and Bechky 2006; Hargadon 2003; Sutton and Hargadon 1996; Livingston 2007). Iteration is the

process of successively translating ideas to exposes properties of ideas not immediately apparent

to the designer until they are tested, providing new insights for transforming them further.109

An iterative approach to exploring and constructing ideas requires a certain degree of trust

that the process will yield stronger ideas.110 “In a design firm like ours,” says a partner at an

architectural firm, “you can’t bill for all the time you put into design because it would be insane,

but you still need to do all that stuff to generate ideas that we think are the best ideas.” Producing

over fifty iterations of the same idea, he contends, is necessary to generate the strongest and best

109 See Schneiderhan 2013 for a discussion on emergence of ideas (specifically page 290 for a good review on Dewey’s discussion on the growth of ideas). 110 This reflects Close’s statement that you have to show up and get to work. Trusting that you will uncover something along the way.

Page 146: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

138

ideas possible. This is because you must iterate multiple ideas to expose qualities that are not

immediately apparent when they reside in the mind of the designer. In the absence of doing this,

potentially valuable qualities will not be revealed.

It is not surprising therefore that when looking at the careers of highly innovative individuals,

Grant (2016:37) finds the highest output of original ideas coincides with the periods in which

these individuals produced the largest volume or number of ideas. If you haven’t explored lots of

options and diverged, Brown (2009:239) argues, your ideas will be incremental and easily

replicable. At OAE, designers do not settle for the first good idea they discover, as all three

designers quoted above alluded to. They are constantly refining, revising, and throwing out

ideas, allowing properties of ideas to cross pollinate, by constantly engaging tools and the

inscriptions they produce to gain new insights and information.

Until designers act, new lines of action for recombining and transforming ideas will not

become apparent to them. Yet not every idea pursued will warrant further development. Many

iterations of a design will become one-shot contributions that quickly lead to dead-ends.111

These dead-end options help to expose the qualities of an idea that are preferred, often not

becoming clear or even identifiable until they are tested and can be evaluated through their

tangible manifestations. I find this to be the actionable interpretation of what McDonnell (et al.

2017:3) describe as “the act of making a cultural object congruent as a person works through a

situation or problem.”112 A process that can be best described as ends-in-view, actively revising

what a designer desires and imagines is possible with each iteration.113 In the example of the

International Performing Arts Center cited above, the team tests thirty iterations of an idea, but

keeps returning to a simple form — an idea, whose strength could only be apprehended by

testing 29 other variations of it. Building on the previous section, it is not enough to conduct one

study with multiple options or test one plan. Teams need to develop hundreds of variations of an

idea to construct it. Something that is made easier through the utilization of computer software

within design. Rather than redrafting an entire drawing by pencil, the designer can copy and

111 Simonton 2015:3; Fleming 2001. 112 emphasis in original. This article focuses on the theoretical aspect of emergence. I add to this by demonstrating how people, in action, can “make” a novel cultural object resonate. 113 McDonnell et al. 2017:4; Whitford 2002; Gross 2009.

Page 147: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

139

paste the plan, altering the specified lines in the new plan, reducing the process from hours to

minutes.114 Although a lot of inscriptions are still manually created, they are expedited using

software, by example for updating dimensions.

An iterative approach to work enables teams to encourage the emergence of novel concepts.

Rather than incrementally altering the creative raw material that initiated a search, this approach

encourages teams to successively transform the raw material so that it bears little resemblance to

where the team started. Yet research suggests that the undervaluation of persistence leads people

to prematurely conclude their creative work and leave their best ideas undiscovered (Lucas and

Nordgren 2015:233). The designers I observed and talked with transform concepts through rapid

prototyping, speed of development, recognizing no idea is too precious to kill, and there are no

breakthrough moments, which are practices learned across projects. A constant pressure to

persist, even when iteration after iteration bared no fruit, was always present amongst designers,

pushing them to reveal new and unanticipated associations and qualities of ideas.

Sitting on either side of Aldo at his workstation, Pierre and Gordon are commenting on the

drawing on his screen. Sketching over a previous scheme’s plans with trace paper, Gordon is

updating the design to reflect information they received moments before. As soon as he finishes

sketching a potential resolution to the new issue, he passes it to Aldo who is making the changes

in AutoCAD, adding actual dimensions to the sketches. Watching as the neon lines quickly snap

across the black background of AutoCAD, Pierre is asking questions and commenting on how

the updates are “reading.” Pointing out awkward moments that are created by the changes, he

suggests ways to deal with them. As information is attained from drawing the ideas into

AutoCAD, Gordon keeps ripping pieces of trace paper off the roll, making amendments to the

plans, incorporating the new information, and then passing the sheets of trace paper to Philip.

Constructing novel concepts by its very definition implies that existing information does not

exist to evaluate an idea before it is constructed. Rather than developing a highly resolved

representation of the solution, only to find out after a significant investment of time that it is not

viable, I find designers quickly mock up a minimum viable product to interrogate the fidelity of

114 See Kalay (2004) for a thorough overview of the impact of computer-aided design and drafting software on the practice and processes of architecture. Also, McCullough et al. (1991) for a thorough overview of how computers have changed knowledge within design and how it is practiced.

Page 148: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

140

an idea. This iterative process, in design theory, is called rapid prototyping, which provides

accelerated feedback on ideas, quickly making abstract ideas concrete.115

Making one change and then formally reviewing it is cumbersome and inefficient. Rapid

prototyping enables teams to quickly gather information as they iterate the idea by rapidly

deploying their tools.116 The result is the provision of rough visual feedback on the properties of

an idea and the system within which it is nested, engaging perceptual capacities beyond what

words can describe.117 Rather than talking about an idea, designers draw it, “seeing what it

does.” In the words of Wittgenstein, “don’t think, look.”118

By immediately taking newly acquired information and absorbing it into another iteration,

designers make a lot of small decisions, building an idea forward. Should we continue to pursue

this idea, or leave it for now? The fifty to sixty study models I reference in the opening of this

chapter are not highly resolved, but they immediately provide feedback on the fidelity of the

ideas being proposed. Is this a potential solution for the façade or not? The answer to this

question was largely made possible through the rapid deployment of modeling tools to produce

the rough physical representations of the buildings.

After thirty minutes of rapidly prototyping ideas on how to respond to the new conditions

introduced half an hour before, Pierre, Gordon, and Aldo finally find a solution for the

International Performing Arts Center. This is only the first step. Now the idea must be detailed

and further developed to assess all its properties. This will require successive rounds of rapid

prototyping to reveal these properties, which ultimately helps construct a robust concept.

Yet sometimes, the relentless pace of rapidly prototyping ideas leaves little time to think.

Multiple designers at OAE mentioned that the speed of developing options leaves little time to

work through larger issues. A principal at a practice in New York City states “innovation

inevitably requires an excessive amount of time. You need to allow things to bubble up.” When

the International Performing Arts Center project moves too quickly, Pierre realizes the team

115 Rodriguez and Jacoby 2013:129; Fraser 2012:199. 116 Raney and Jacoby 2013:123. 117 Liedtka and Friedel 2009:191; Brown 2009:238; Swedberg 2016:15. 118 Brown 2009:238.

Page 149: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

141

requires more time to think through issues. He writes in an email to the team, “we will become

more deliberative, slow, and thought out.” This is the message to the team, signaling they have

more time to work, immediately before pushing an upcoming deadline to give them more time to

find novel solutions to the problems they are grappling with. The team needs the time to

prototype ideas and see what the tangible manifestations of an idea look like, or reads, when

transcribed from the mind of the designers. In the absence of this work due to tight timelines, the

team is liable to miss many opportunities to advance the design.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to constantly generate information, which, for novel

concepts, is not readily available or interpretable at first glance. With only thirty days to develop

highly resolved design concepts, there is no time to walk away from a problem and get a fresh

perspective, let alone sit and deliberate an idea. When principals and senior designers ask to

“quickly test” an idea, they want immediate feedback so that they can continue to identify where

else to explore to gather other necessary information to continue to construct an idea. The speed

of developing ideas is therefore measured in minutes, not hours, to maintain the momentum of

exploration.

In the absence of having any information, teams need to quickly construct ideas through the

rapid deployment and utilization of their tools to keep the information feedback loop generating

knowledge and insights on their direction. During formal design review meetings in the

conference room, team members often leave the meeting to quickly test an idea proposed

seconds earlier. Returning with updated material, the principal and team can immediately assess

the viability of pursuing the modified path, further developing the idea before the meeting is

over. This practice helps maintain the momentum of design and free association of ideas that

often emerges during discussions. Breaking this up can close off promising paths of explorations,

which require just a bit more clarity and definition before pursuing them.

When projects are complex, requiring multiple aspects to be developed concurrently, if one

aspect lags, all the aspects will be slowed down. Like sonar, the faster the team moves the

quicker the sonar needs to scan the topology of possibilities to alert designers of opportunities

and pitfalls on the horizon. It is therefore not uncommon for a senior designer to limit someone

to only 15 minutes to test an idea.

Page 150: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

142

When there are breaks in the information feedback loops, teams have to slow down to assess

where they are going, a perilous situation to be in when you are in the middle of a competition.

Exploring two schemes simultaneously for the Metro Skyscraper competition, Aldo asks Pierre

what his general feeling is moving forward. “I don’t know,” he responds stoically, giving no

indication one way or the other. Without direction, the team keeps testing similar ideas, not

moving forward with their normal momentum. Yet the speed of development within creative

project-based organizations, limits the kind of innovation they can produce. Due to the episodic

nature of work, teams do not have unlimited time to pursue ideas that require months if not years

of development. Transformative ideas that require significant incubation periods, like disease

treatments, cannot be successfully explored in this type of organization.

“I am not going to throw a chair across the room, because I know we will revisit this [decision]

again. I have been in offices where every decision is just like this, life or death, chairs thrown

across the room and it’s like relax, this is a long process.” Another designer at OAE echoes this,

stating “I recognize that the decisions that I make, in the end won’t matter, because so much is

going to get changed later.”

Constructing novel concepts that previously did not exist in practice or imagination

inherently requires teams to grapple with ideas whose form and definition are unknown until it is

complete. In the absence of a predefined solution, elements are always changing as new

information becomes available. This state of ambiguity challenges designers to keep venturing

into the unknown, and not locking in on the first promising iteration of an idea that they identify.

Recognizing that no idea is too precious to kill or modify, encourages designers to prevent early

lock-in, keeping the possibilities of introducing stronger and better ideas open for as long as

possible.

Rather than detailing and narrowing in on one idea, which Grant (2016:100) demonstrates is

counterproductive to producing original ideas, I find teams are always reassessing ideas. During

a design meeting with the stakeholders of the International Performing Arts Center project,

Pierre, pointing to the plans and renders covering the table, says they would change hourly over

the next week. Despite working on the design almost around the clock for the past eight days, the

team is still revisiting earlier ideas as they learn about the design. No idea at this stage of

Page 151: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

143

development is safe from being displaced by a new idea. This allows the strongest ideas to

emerge and drive the successive development of the design concept.

Approaching the initial construction of ideas through the perspective that they are always up

for change, design can best be described as a dynamic ensemble, constantly changing as

resolution and insights are gained during successive phases of design. Put another way, the

inscription of tools are rarely static. For this reason, the senior designer quoted above will not

throw a chair across the room to defend a decision. With over twenty years of experience, he

knows that the decisions made early on will likely be changed, requiring the team to reevaluate

the information revealed by an inscription, or completely redeploy a set of tools to produce

something new.

When ideas are held on to, immune to change or being killed, the overall design concept can

be jeopardized. Recall the instance when Pierre refuses to alter one of the International

Performing Arts Center’s design principles, despite another aspect being eliminated due to

budget overruns, which means the overall concept is no longer intact. Rather than revisiting the

design principle, recognizing that one of its key features is removed, the principal refuses to alter

it. The entire team feels that this jeopardizes the fidelity of the project’s argument sequence, and

worse, how patrons will experience the space. This is largely because the team doesn’t have the

time to go back and establish new design principles for the project. In this instance, the design’s

constituent elements lose their fidelity, but the larger concept is not revisited. Without constantly

mapping the dependencies of design concepts and their supporting constituent elements,

designers can lose sight of what needs to be revaluated to reestablish the fidelity of the larger

concept. Mapping these at a high level is an effective strategy for constantly maintaining

oversight of this.

In anticipation of a meeting with a mechanical/electrical/plumbing (MEP) consultant, I ask a

senior designer if tomorrow will be the big day. The day that they found a resolution to an issue

that was plaguing the development of the entire International Performing Arts Center project.

Gordon kindly laughs at my ignorance and tells me they will not find a solution for the next two

months. Finding a solution is a long process. It takes more time and exchanges of information

than can occur in a three-hour design meeting. He does not seem bothered or frustrated by this.

Page 152: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

144

Before returning to his desk to prepare for the meeting he says, “it is slow because you have to

explore multiple possibilities and know why you are dropping those not selected.”

Venturing into the unknown, which is part of unlearning within a project, requires teams to

develop concepts whose final composition is not apparent until it is completed. There are no

bounded moments of insight in which a solution suddenly appears.119 This raises a fundamental

challenge for designers: how do you know where you are in the process of discovery when you

don’t know what the final end point is? Recognizing that there are no breakthrough moments

when everything falls into place, designers are encouraged to keep making small incremental

steps towards a final solution, rather than attempting to make big leaps.

Without known coordinates, it is difficult to gauge where you are in the process of searching

into the unknown. I find, like psychologists of creativity, that the associative and iterative nature

of design makes it difficult to determine whether one is nearing a creative solution or only laying

the foundation (see for instance Lucas and Nordgren 2015:233). When solutions are discovered,

they are therefore often experienced as unexpected moments of insight. The senior designer with

more than 25 years of experience is not naïve, he knows it is a long iterative process. He trusts

that by going through the motions they will arrive at a solution that meets all the requirements.

Although insights may be experienced as unexpected, it is misleading to attribute the

discovery of a solution to a bounded moment or the immediate steps leading up to these

moments. As Gordon alludes to, you must test and interrogate many options to gather the

necessary information to construct an idea. All of which collectively leads to the emergence of a

design solution, which scholarship on creativity that conceptualizes novelty as happening in

bounded moments does not consider. Describing the invention of the microchip, Robert Noyce

recalls:

“I don’t remember any time when a lightbulb went off and the whole thing was there. It was

more like, everyday, you would say, ‘Well, if I could do this, then maybe I could do that, and

that would let me do this,’ and eventually you had the concept.”120

119 McDonnell et al. 2017. 120 Isaacson 2014:176.

Page 153: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

145

Noyce, like the senior designer, is describing an iterative process whose progress is only possible

through the incremental production and assessment of information. When discovery is less about

searching for known coordinates, I find that designers cannot take big steps. My findings

contradict what Hargadon and Bechky (2006:484) describe as moments when creative insights

emerge. A finding I attribute to their focus on meetings and milestone markers in projects, rather

than the day-to-day deployment of tools to uncover information about ideas and successively

construct concepts. Put another way, I find that designers who successfully transform ideas into

novel concepts take many steps, very quickly rather than a few, slowly. Rather than focusing on

bounded moments of clarity, scholars and designers alike need to focus on the entire stream of

actions that lead to this moment of clarity.

Without a defined endpoint, explorations can go on longer than necessary. One designer at

OAE stated that when the direction of a project is vague, typically at the beginning of a project,

teams produce far more studies than necessary. Without knowing if they are on a promising path,

teams can find themselves in a state of churn, producing a lot more options in the opinion of the

designer than necessary to move forward. For this reason, it is important for teams to have a

clearly defined project specific argument sequence, as discussed in Chapter 3, and constantly

meeting as a team to move the process of exploration forward, as outlined in Chapter 2.

Employing these practices enables teams to move forward, despite not knowing if they are

nearing resolution or only beginning their exploration.

Developing ideas that previously did not exist in practice or imagination challenges teams

because they emerge over time, providing little indication of their progress towards resolution.

Exploiting practices learned across projects for encouraging the emergence of ideas is critical to

unlearning within projects. When procedures for conducting iterative work are in place to guide

the successive translation of ideas, my research demonstrates that teams are equipped to expose

properties of ideas not immediately apparent to the designer until they are tested. Rather than

limiting exploration to fully articulated concepts, iteration provides new insights on emerging

ideas, which in turn enables designers to transform them further. Designers therefore take many

steps, very quickly to transform ideas into novel concepts, rather than a few, slowly when there

is no guiding mechanism into the unknown.

Page 154: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

146

4.5 CONFIGURATION: REPRODUCING SIGNATURE STYLES THAT DIFFERENTIATE

Walk through any design studio, and the first thing you will see are the artifacts of constructing

ideas. Covering walls, cascading off desks, piled on tables, lining shelves, standing on the floor,

and propped up against the walls, they are almost everywhere. As you go studio to studio, it is

not only the raw space that changes, but also the types of artifacts, or inscriptions from tools, that

you see. In some studios, the physical models made from blue massing foam, acrylic, resin,

wood, and plaster board litter almost every surface. In others, desks and workspaces are spotless,

only photorealistic renderings covering the walls, with the modeling studio, material library, and

project rooms tucked away, out of sight.

Unlearning within a project requires teams to construct concepts using a set of tools to

translate visions into reality. The imprint of the tools employed, for shaping what the designer

sees, cannot be removed from the product produced. Yet, with few exceptions, every studio has

access to the same tools.121 This raises a fundamental challenge for designers tasked with

constructing novel design concepts: how do you encourage the emergence of novel concepts and

the signature styles they embody? My research demonstrates that the configuration of tools, with

respect to which tools a studio emphasizes and in what order they are used, which is honed and

learned across projects, enables studios to produce dramatically different concepts, despite

having access to the same set of tools.

Latour and Woolgar (1986:65) argue “the strength of the laboratory depends not so much on

the availability of apparatus, but on the presence of a particular configuration of machines

specifically for a particular task.” Some studios start with sketches, water paintings, and models,

whereas others start modeling almost immediately in three-dimensional computer software. My

case, like Latour and Woolgar’s (1986) findings, demonstrates that the design concepts produced

by designers are “thoroughly constituted by the material setting of the laboratory.”122

121 At the time of writing this dissertation, Virtual Reality headsets were starting to appear in studios to provide virtual tours of a building in 3D. This was a cost prohibitive technology at the time of writing, however as with most technology like 3D printers, which are now standard tools, VR will become a prevalent tool within the design studio. 122 Latour and Woolgar 1986; Stark 2009; Beunza and Stark 2002.

Page 155: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

147

The configuration of tools within the studio enables teams to produce novel responses to

design challenges that are distinct from other studios tackling the same typology. Predilections

— as discussed in Chapter 3 — are necessary, but not sufficient to explain the unique signature

of a studio.123 I find that how predilections are embraced through the tools and procedures of a

studio is part of this explanation. The designers I observed and talked with set themselves apart

from their peers through the unique emphasis and order of tools, as well as how teams present

information for review.

Discussing the tools used to construct ideas, a highly acclaimed architect with offices around the

world says “we start very abstractly.” Sketches and physical models are used almost exclusively

at the start, only visually rendering ideas once they understand their physical properties. Renders,

he argues, along with many other designers, “hide too much.” Like in the case of Aldo who

realizes how important an aspect of the lobby is for the DC Premium Space project only when

the team makes a physical scale model of it.

Without a predefined end state, or even rough idea of the direction of a project when it starts,

a team’s exploration into the unknown is inherently uncertain. The direction the team takes,

constantly changing as new information is learned, is defined as concepts are constructed. The

challenge facing teams is revealing the necessary information to continue constructing a concept.

I find that the emphasis and order of tools determines what properties of an idea are revealed and

concealed through tests, which, in turn, influences the paths of future exploration.

When new members enter a studio, the effects of different configurations of tools is evident

when they are challenged to think differently on how to construct concepts. A senior designer,

who recently transitioned to a new practice after a ten-year tenure at his previous firm, remarks

how different the two studios are. When asked why, his first response is about the new studio’s

heavy reliance on computer visualizations to test ideas early on in their development. Having

come from a practice that starts by physically modeling ideas in multiple mediums to test the

properties of ideas, he is not accustomed to constructing ideas using the new ordering of tools.

Although the studio still relies on massing models, they are not emphasized to the same extent.

123 I think this is like structural dualism — this goes beyond the scope of this dissertation, but they are so influenced by one another, one does not clearly drive the other.

Page 156: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

148

When the standard tools in a studio’s repertoire and established procedures for employing

them are not followed, it results in failed concept designs. The Landmark competition to redesign

and add an addition to a historical building starts like all other competitions at OAE. A project

folder on the firm’s internal server is filled with the competition brief, zoning information, and

images of the site, ensuring everyone on the team has access to the information. The team goes

from analyzing documents to designing, skipping building a site model or massing model to

understand the context within which they are building or the existing massing they have to work

with. This was the same project, in which Pierre asks the team, two weeks into the design

process, “Frankly, what is the big idea?” Many of the properties of the project are never

understood, leading one designer to complain about all the unresolved awkward moments they

are not dealing with, concealing them by focusing on renders rather than models that reveal these

moments. By skipping the use of site models and massing models the team is not equipped with

the information they typically have when constructing a concept. I argue that when steps are

skipped, information which is typically used to inform the next step in a firm’s approach to

generating design concepts, is not available – significantly disadvantaging the team. They are left

searching for vocabularies of motives that are developed in proceeding steps, which they

typically use to engage the next step. Despite a step in their development being taken out, they

are still expected to achieve similar insight as if it they were following their established approach

for revealing, interrogating, testing, and refining the properties of ideas.

This was a stark departure from OAE’s standard approach to design that initially focuses on

pairing a volume to a perfect shape and then “fucking with it.” Focusing on developing the

perfect image, the team jumps a lot of critical steps for revealing information and, albeit,

producing a beautiful design concept, does not transform the experience of the building. A

strength that distinguishes OAE from its peers, due to its rigorous interrogation of form to

uncover the fundamental properties unique to each project. This is all part of generating the

information required to construct the kind of responses the firm is known for.

Despite providing teams with an established approach for constructing concepts, it also has a

constraining effect on the type of innovation a creative project-based organization can produce.

Relying on an established process precludes teams from experimenting with different ways of

constructing design concepts that may introduce different approaches to transform a typology.

Given that tools have such a big impact on how designers see, mixing up the order has the

Page 157: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

149

potential to radically shift how teams think. Teams require time, however, to play with different

configurations and understand the implications of the different dependencies of information

gathered, with respect to the tools and procedures used.

Does the way in which you present information, gathered from explorations, influence the way

you search? The following quotation from a designer at an international architectural firm

provides an answer to this question:

The methods we use effect the way we design, because I think that the way you present

things affects the way you design them. For a lot of us at the firm, you think very iteratively,

like you always design options, and you know or learn how to present them to [the principal],

so you learn how to argue [in her style]. But I think all of that influences how you design,

because I never sit down now at the firm and think oh I am going to sketch and make like

what this should be. I always think okay what are all the options, like how can I do this

analytically like 1a, 1b, and what if we did this and this, how can you compartmentalize it

and make it into a nice pretty diagram that you can then explain?

Unlearning within a project requires designers to venture into the unknown and explore for ideas

that previously did not exist in practice or imagination and then present them to the team. The

challenge facing designers is filtering the vast information they gain from each exploration, and

concisely conveying it to the team. I find that how a team presents information for review

influences how designers think and act. Here my research builds on and expands the work of

Latour (1986) and Stark (2009) and their respective collaborators by arguing that in addition to

the configuration and emphasis of tools, the way inscriptions are presented influence how

designers construct and explore ideas.

Every studio has a unique way of presenting information, which becomes part of the

practice’s process of discovery. “The precise mode of representation, the skills at hand, and the

art conventions in use,” argues Molotch (2003:61) “affect the product outcome.” The method for

presenting ideas therefore fundamentally influences what is produced.

Describing his studio’s style, a senior designer states a “lot of the design studies are very two

dimensional. Like very plan and elevation and section driven because there is such an interest in

Page 158: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

150

precision.” Halfway across Manhattan, yet seemingly worlds apart, another partner describes his

studio’s unique style:

I think that one of the reasons that collage has always been such an important aspect of the

studio and right from the very beginning, is that it has this really process orientated rough

quality to it. It has something to do with the way that we make things; making is very visible

rather than being hidden under some slick surface or something like that. We like things that

are a little bit rough and a little bit ugly or a little bit wrong, so there are certain things that

have those qualities that we hold on to. But that could have many different iterations.

The rough, ugly, and wrong is physically embodied across the studio space. Pinup walls are

covered with ideas, seemingly haphazardly thrown up to see if they stick. Floors are covered

with past iterations, some torn in half, with the other half still on the wall. The contrast cannot be

starker between the two practices. The other studio space is pristine. The monochromatic interior

only has a few photorealistic renderings covering the walls. Tucked away in project rooms,

options are pinned to the wall with laser level precision. The only models in sight are archive

quality, costing more than $60,000 a model.

The approach to resolving design issues is reinforced by the way designers prepare and

present studies. The distinctive signatures of the two studios described above produce work that

differs dramatically in all respects. With a similar affinity for precision, Pierre has a visceral

reaction when a designer suggests resolving a problem by adding one foot to the length of the

building, breaking its perfect geometry. He told the designer that the architecture gods would

scorn his very existence. With spans exceeding over two hundred feet, it is questionable if this

minor deviation would even be perceptible, yet that is not the concern. It is not precise and

therefore not an acceptable solution. In the practice that likes things to be “a little bit rough, and

a little bit ugly or wrong,” this would likely be an acceptable, even encouraged solution. Yet

changing the way information is portrayed to the team is not simple. It requires significant

experimentation and development on the part of the practice to establish new practices that can

guide teams through the tight timelines of a project. Moreover, changes will impact the unique

signature of a firm. This carries the risk that clients will reject design concepts that do not have

the feel of the firm’s other projects, which is why they were selected for a competition or

commission in the first place.

Page 159: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

151

Constructing concepts with tools, which, with few exceptions, every studio has access to,

challenges teams to develop design concepts that are novel and different from the approaches

pursued by other studios. Exploiting practices learned across projects for deploying the tools at

their disposal is critical for unlearning within a project. When procedures for repeating a familiar

configuration and emphasis of tools is in place, my research demonstrates that teams are

equipped to approach design challenges that multiple other studios are pursuing, without

converging on a similar style or approach to resolving the design issues. Rather than deciding

how to deploy the tools at a team’s disposal anew for each project, designers can focus their

attention on the raw creative material they are working with, trusting that the established

practices of the studio will help them construct novel design concepts.

4.6 CONCLUSION

The competition to design an iconic commercial skyscraper, which opens this chapter, challenges

the team to look at a typology differently. This challenge sets the team on a process of discovery,

exploring and constructing ideas where they did not exist before. This requires the team to

quickly test ideas and gather feedback on an almost moment-by-moment basis to understand

what direction they are moving in and the potential value of continuing down one path and not

another.

The Metro Skyscraper project epitomizes one of the fundamental challenges facing teams

attempting to develop a novel concept: how do you construct concepts that previously did not

exist? A challenge in which “we come to know what we are looking for,” says Stark (2009:175)

“only in the process of transforming the world.” Fundamentally this chapter asks how designers

transform highly familiar ideas into genuinely novel concepts that disrupt taken-for-granted

assumptions and expectations?

Deploying rigidly defined acts to reorder the tools and procedures used by a team, for each

project, does not in itself lead to innovation as popular wisdom and prevailing theories would

suggest. I find that the emergent nature of genuinely novel concepts, whose contours and

parameters are not defined at the outset of exploration, requires an approach to constructing

concepts that continually exposes the properties of ideas and is highly responsive to absorbing

this new information. My case demonstrates that when designers follow an established approach,

which is unique to the firm, they have the structure to successively transform the highly familiar

Page 160: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

152

creative material that they start with, into genuinely novel concepts, which is critical for moving

forward explorations when the endpoint is not yet defined.

Learned across projects, conducting precedence research, building studies, working

iteratively, and following the unique configuration of a studio enables designers to move

explorations forward into unfamiliar territories. When the foundation within a firm for

constructing concepts is premised on constantly exposing the properties of ideas and then

incorporating this information into the design concepts they are constructing, organizations can

continually innovate because they are not focusing on specific acts or strategies of reconfiguring

tools, which will produce weak concepts.

Page 161: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

153

Table 4: Construction What How Overview: A highly iterative and integrative process where teams deploy firm specific tools and procedures to expose the unique qualities of ideas, that when built upon, transform highly familiar ideas into genuinely novel concepts. Challenge: translating vague visions from the mind of the designer into a tangible form that can be interrogated, evaluated, and built upon to successively encourage the emergence of novel concepts.

Precedence: the practice of researching and identify exemplar raw creative material, which serves as the foundation upon which new ideas are built.

• Establishes reference points

within an existing body of ideas that serves as a starting point.

• Provides a foothold to gain traction and start experimenting.

• Provides material that serves as the initial foundation to build on.

Studies: serve as a platform upon which the inscriptions of tools are presented – enable teams to test ideas – exposing insights that are not immediately apparent, generating information where it did not exist before.

• Divergent and convergent

thinking to produce multiple iterations of an option.

• Successive development to expose new raw creative material within the same idea.

• Combining ideas from multiple iterations of a study to create entirely new options.

Iteration: the practice of successively translating ideas to exposes properties of ideas not immediately apparent to the designer until they are tested, providing new insights for future transformations.

• Rapid prototyping to accelerate

feedback on previously abstract ideas.

• High pace development to maintain design momentum.

• Fostering the emergence of ideas, not forcing them to appear in bounded moments.

Configuration: the firm specific use, emphasis, and ordering of tools, which enables studios to produce dramatically different concepts, despite having access to the same set of tools.

• The unique emphasis and ordering

of tools determines what properties of an idea are revealed and concealed through tests.

• The unique style of presenting information for review influences how designers think and act.

Outcome: Encourages an approach to constructing concepts that continually exposes the properties of ideas and is highly responsive to absorbing this new information in a way that is unique to a firm.

Page 162: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

5 CONCLUSION

Don’t let reality get in the way…

- Principal, OAE

What could an office space be, if the desire is to transform the experience of those working in it?

What could a performance center be, if the ambition is to engage young adults by demystify the

end-to-end journey of theater productions? What could an international performing arts center

be, if the intention is to provide theater directors with unparalleled flexibility to perform in any

configuration imaginable? What could a commercial skyscraper be, if the goal is to flip the

prevailing economic model of commercial real estate on its head? What could a historical

building be, if the ambition is to break down the private-public divide between cities and

buildings? At OAE, design teams start explorations by asking what a project could be, rather

than what it is. In doing so, it challenges designers to venture into the unknown and construct

novel responses to these questions.

These explorations, which aim to meaningfully transform typologies, are not the kind with

known coordinates. The challenge facing design teams is not identifying and pursuing an optimal

route, but rather searching into the unknown, where an endpoint does not exist at the outset of

exploration. Yet in the projects discussed in this dissertation, exploration is not about discovery

in far off, uncharted territories. Each project is about discovering new ground within established

environments, where the introduction of new concepts, experiences, and ideas have the potential

to disrupt established ways of doing and thinking about things.

The need to continually identify new ground in existing territories is a fundamental challenge

facing most contemporary organizations. Unpredictable change, from multiple and often

unanticipated facets of society, require organizations to continually innovate to remain relevant

and survive under these conditions. Ford’s CEO’s statement, “we will not miss the future like

Page 163: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

155

Kodak,” made at the Consumer Electronics Show in Las Vegas during the unveiling of the

company’s first fully autonomous Ford Fusion Hybrid car echoes this reality. Mark Fields

realized that Ford cannot rely exclusively on refining existing technologies, bringing them more

efficiently and cheaply to markets, to remain relevant. If Ford wants to exist in another ten years,

they need to continually innovate — starting by asking what the car could be? To answer this

question, Ford needs to venture into the unknown, creating new experiences and expectations to

address emerging behaviors and meanings attached to mobility.

5.1.1 RESOLVING THE PUZZLE: FINDING A BALANCE

To create the opportunities of the future, Ford and most other organizations, are challenged to

balance the scale between exploitation and exploration. Leveraging the knowledge and

experiences gained from the past, while remaining flexible enough to break out of established

rules, procedures, conventions, and schemas underpins the fundamental challenge facing most

for profit organizations. Ford’s CEO wasn’t being alarmist in his reference to Kodak. The demise

of many industry defining companies, like XEROX and Research In Motion, to name only a few,

can largely be attributed to the same problem: tipping the scale disproportionately towards

exploitation — neglecting to consider how the contexts within which consumers are enmeshed

are changing. By neglecting to explore, these organizations produce products and services that

don’t align with the emerging demands, behaviors, and expectations of consumers.

My research demonstrates that project-based organizations are optimally structured for

overcoming this challenge. Benefiting from the knowledge retaining attributes of formal

organizations, and the destabilizing qualities of temporary collectives, project-based

organizations have the structure to balance the twin tasks of exploitation and exploration. They

provide a conducive framework for learning between and unlearning within projects.

Yet their conducive form for balancing these opposing forces does not in itself explain how

creative project-based organizations, whose value and vitality are derived from consistently

generating novel concepts, can do so reliably and over time, without becoming predictable in

their output. Plenty of creative project-based organizations “self-plagiarize,” as the principal of

OAE aptly puts it, producing predictable and iterative solutions. This raises the question that

inspired my dissertation: how do creative project-based organizations consistently produce

innovative responses to the challenges they face?

Page 164: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

156

Returning to Peirce (1933), I find that to advance knowledge, we must free ourselves from

former perceptions and interpretations and from the false certainty of the past (see also Joas

1996:135). And instead, as Martin (2009:25) states, stare into a mystery to ask what could be, to

construct something new. Before discussing my findings with respect to the challenge of

continual innovation, I will first discuss why pursuing innovation matters in the first place. Then

I will remind the reader what exploration is, to demonstrate the impact mechanisms have on

explaining how knowledge is advanced by designers. Finally, in the last section, I bring this all

together, demonstrating how the work practices outlined in my dissertation are part of a

democratizing force within design that is positively shifting where designers are focusing their

disruptive capabilities.

5.2 WHO CARES: WHY DOES INNOVATION MATTER?

Why does identifying new ground in existing territories matter? The call to innovate has become

ubiquitous. Rarely, however, is a clear rational provided for pursuing novel concepts.

Consequently, innovation itself has become the goal, emptying it conceptually of the

mechanisms and approaches which meaningfully distinguish it from other strategies of action,

and most importantly, how the outcomes of these different lines of action vary.

In profit orientated markets, like the ones the creative project-based organizations that I

observed compete in, the most intuitive explanation for pursuing innovation is financial gains.

Yet as we have discovered, constructing novel concepts is a resource intensive enterprise with no

guarantee of attaining favorable financial returns. If making money was the primary motivation,

the designers I observed and spoke with would pursue different career paths within their

respective fields, where risks can be better calculated and financial returns are greater. As the

principal of a boutique architectural practice in New York City explains, “you can’t bill for all

the time you put into design because it would be insane, but you still need to do all that stuff to

generate ideas that we think are the best ideas.” The capital expenses to explore, simply stated,

diminish a firm’s gross margins, which in turn depresses wages and bonuses. I was constantly

told of friends and colleagues of designers who had moved to firms that produce predictable and

iterative work, and now make significantly higher income. They all relish in the thought of

making more money for a moment, before telling me: “but I wouldn’t do that.” Making money is

a necessary, but not sufficient explanation for why designers seek to innovate. Firms regarded for

Page 165: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

157

their innovative designs, who struggle to keep the lights on, yet receive hundreds of resumes a

year, is a stark reminder of this fact.

The designers I observed and interviewed are motivated by something far more profound

than simply making money. Their impetus to innovate is evident in the following statements:

Ultimately, it’s the purist of art forms because it is art that you actually have to use,

otherwise you are just making a sculpture, an oversized sculpture, that is self-indulgent. I

think you are contributing to society and that is ultimately our responsibility as a human race

that we think of things beyond just ourselves. So the work that we do, or the labor that we do,

goes towards that, but again you can still have that and do really boring buildings. So being

that I like creative things, I like breaking rules, I love not doing things that everyone else is

doing, architecture fits perfectly for me because it allows me an outlet to creatively express

myself but also have something where I can use that free association, or whatever it is, to

make a living and hopefully contribute something to the world. But in terms of what

architecture with a capital A is, I believe architecture is ultimately art that should be enjoyed,

that should provide pleasure, that should provide memory, because that is ultimately the

essence of the human experience.

Senior Designer, Architectural Practice, NYC

I think that it is fundamentally a social endeavor. I think that is what gives it cultural

consequence. At the end of the day, despite effort we put into the building, which is the

functional thing that people pay you to do, it is the social engagement through the process of

design, and obviously when the project is done, that is what to me makes it important, and

the consciousness of that. It is not just a consequence of what we do, we are very mindful of

that. The social engagement is what underlies what makes something meaningful.

Senior Designer, Architectural Practice, NYC

Contributing to society by positively enhancing the experiences of the those interacting with

their designs is a common response by designers to what drives them to innovate. This reflects

the pragmatist notion of “growth.”

Page 166: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

158

For Dewey (1988[1920]:181), troubling situations lay the groundwork for “growth,” which is

not an endpoint, but a process itself:

The process of growth, of improvement and progress, rather than the static outcome and

result, becomes the significant thing. Not health as an end fixed once and for all, but the

needed improvement in health — a continual process— is the end and good. The end is no

longer a terminus or limit to be reached. It is the active process of transforming the existent

situation. Not perfect as a final goal, but the ever-enduring process of perfecting, maturing,

refining …

For the designers I spoke with, there is no pinnacle state of human experience to strive towards,

it is constantly evolving, requiring design typologies to grow, improve, and progress. The

designers I spoke with acknowledge that growth is an ever-enduring process that requires

constant perfecting, maturing, and refining. Put simple, what it means to engage society

positively through design is constantly changing. The emerging issue Snøhetta identified in

learning that the library of the future would need to address is emblematic of this. Snøhetta was

not merely iterating on existing ideas, but actively perfecting, maturing, and refining them as

new behaviors in learning have evolved from the technologies introduced into libraries in the

past. Had they simply copied existing ideas, they would not positively transform the experience

of library patrons, because they would not be addressing the emerging needs of the users. Adding

more computer terminals, by example, would not address the advancement in other technologies

that together are transforming the ecosystem of producing, consuming, and exchanging

information, how curriculums are being taught, and the world students are entering after

graduation. Designers can never stand still if they aim to remain relevant.

This ever-enduring process of growth, reflects Peirce’s (1931[1898]:589) notion of inquiry,

which is “not standing upon the bedrock of fact. It is walking upon a bog, and [one] can only say,

this ground seems to hold for the present. Here I will stay till it begins to give way.” To

positively impact their users, design concepts need to be brought to life. This requires designers

to put a stake in the shifting ground and stand still. In the absence of doing so, design concepts

would never be executed, because they can always be perfected, matured, and refined as new

information is gathered. Yet in putting a stake in the ground, designers recognize that it is an

ephemeral state of stasis.

Page 167: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

159

For firms, recognizing that the incredible hard work and sacrifice that went into a design

reflects a moment in time, and not a concept that can be duplicated to achieve similar social

impact, is what keeps them relevant. It is also what drives them, despite tremendous uncertainty,

to continue to explore into the unknown. The impetus to innovate is better explained by their

desire to meet the emerging social contexts within which their designs will be experienced. If

done successfully, designers will have a hand in shaping these emerging social contexts. Like in

all the projects discussed throughout the previous chapters, the goal is not to reproduce existing

experiences, which would be the less risky move. The ambition for each project is to transform

how people engage with the typologies, with the ambition of meaningfully affecting how users

experience them, by addressing the projects’ perplexing conditions. Even after successfully

designing multiple transformative buildings within a typology, studios like OAE continue to

explore. They do this to understand how emerging changes throughout the social environment —

both from anticipated and unanticipated sources of change — will impact the various user

constituencies of the objects and services they design. Next, I discuss how this drive to innovate

is enabled within design studios.

5.3 FOUNDATIONS OF EXPLORATION: SEEING THE WORLD DIFFERENTLY

By encouraging freedom, creative project-based organizations enable designers to break out of

established rules, procedures, conventions, and schemes, which is the foundation for exploration.

This is necessary for innovation, because truly novel ideas are not waiting to be discovered in the

existing population of ideas. Unlike exploring for objects that are known in advance, like an

address or precious metal, searches for novel ideas are not guided by a defined set of criteria or a

predefined endpoint. Novel ideas must be constructed, which requires designers to venture into

the unknown.

Explorations of this nature, however, are not initiated unprovoked. It is only when design

teams are confronted with issues or situations where pre-existing solutions are deemed

ineffective that designers are compelled to find new solutions. Like in the case of the library of

the future on Ryerson University’s campus in Toronto, established solutions for organizing space

did not address the emerging needs of students. When faced with these situations, an opportunity

space presents itself to break away from how designers have approached these issues in the past.

Page 168: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

160

For this reason, these challenging situations become rife with opportunity. Yet the possibilities

for reimagining the inherent issues of a project are not limitless.

Designers are situated in contexts that not only frame how they see the challenges inherent in

a design, but also the alternative solutions that immediately spring to mind. Breaking out of these

webs of meaning is critical for designers to see the challenges they face in a different way. This

is fundamental for constructing solutions that previously did not exist in practice or imagination.

Breaking with previous approaches for resolving issues enables teams to productively unlearn

within a project. Rather than marginally iterating on existing approaches, which may only

address part of the challenge, complex design conditions require completely new approaches for

resolving them, due to the number of intervening factors that have changed. Snøhetta would not

have successfully created an integrated experience had they merely reimaged the spatial

organization of books and added more space for fixed computer terminals. The mass adoption of

e-learning tools is increasingly making hardcopy books obsolete. This is compounded by the fact

that highly mobile social learning platforms are bringing students together in ways previously

unanticipated by library designs of the past. To adequately address these new issues, the team at

Snøhetta has to construct an entirely new approach for designing a library that will enhance the

emerging requirements of social learning in a rapidly evolving digitized environment. Rather

than asking what a library is, they ask what it could be. Yet this is only possible by shifting how

the designers look at the core issues.

Shifting what designers attend to in their environment, enables them to see things that they

never saw before, even in extremely familiar environments that seem immutable. In doing so,

they are able to venture into the unknown, revealing ideas through the process of constructing

concepts that previously did not exist in practice or imagination. This is only possible, however,

by rejecting established ways of approaching issues. To do so, designers must engage with

unfamiliar ideas, whose value and utility is not immediately apparent. Through experimentation,

designers construct new ways of approaching the design challenges they are dealing with.

Experimenting with unfamiliar ideas and then identifying their potential value is a messy and

unpredictable process.

No matter how radically new, novel ideas are combinations and permutations of what came

before. It is the recombination, repurposing, and reshuffling of raw creative material that

Page 169: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

161

transforms it into something novel. In the absence of being able to rely on established rules,

procedures, conventions, schemes, and experiences, the process of transformation is messy and

unpredictable. Because like Peirce (1933) says, to advance knowledge, we must free ourselves

from former perceptions and interpretations, and from the false certainty of the past. This sense

of ambiguity is heightened by the fact that the raw creative material gathered from other domains

carries with it the contextual residue from which it is lifted. The meaning and value of this raw

creative material is therefore not immediately apparent, requiring designers to test it, interrogate

it, and manipulate it to identify how it can be deployed. It is this process of experimentation that

encourages the emergence of novel design concepts. Rather than appearing in bounded moments

of insights, like when dealing with familiar material that comes together in a comprehensible

assemblage, it is only through the interaction of designers, ideas, and contexts that novel

concepts emerge.

5.4 EXPLAINING CONSISTENT INNOVATION: MY FINDINGS

So, given this, what explains a creative project-based organization’s ability to consistently

innovate? Taking the tensions between learning between projects and unlearning within projects

seriously, I find that the organizational form of creative project-based firms is a necessary, but

not sufficient element to explain continual innovation. My case points to the criticality of

mechanisms, which are established from learning across projects, to enable unlearning within

projects — which is fundamental for innovation. Defined as predispositions to ways or modes of

responding, rather than to particular acts, mechanisms provide approaches for designers to move

forward when muddling through an issue when a sense of where they will end up does not yet

exist. This is accomplished by fostering practices that are high flexibility and adaptability to new

information, enabling teams to constantly change paths as new possibilities emerge. When honed

over time and across projects, teams have the confidence to venture into the unknown, where

information is unfamiliar and a direction is not established — trusting that their firm specific

approach will help them move forward. Despite representing predisposed ways or modes of

response, mechanisms are not static. The mechanisms I identify are dynamic, constantly

evolving and changing to absorb and address emerging way of responding to issues. By example,

a notable shift was taking place during my time in the field. With the introduction of augmented

and virtual reality technologies, designers are gaining access to new tools that are transforming

the ways that they gather, interpret, and represent the information of an emerging design. Studios

Page 170: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

162

will have to evolve how they construct concepts to realize the full impact that this technology

can have on exposing the properties of ideas, and, in turn, how designers see the emergence of

concepts.

To successfully venture into the unknown, three distinct areas of a creative project-based

organization’s approach rely on mechanisms for moving explorations forward, these include:

team coordination, exploration, and constructing novel concepts. In the following three sections I

will highlight how examining the production of innovation in creative-project based

organizations through mechanisms challenges existing theories of organizations and innovation.

Then, in the following section, I will explain how these mechanisms both enable and constrain

innovation within creative project-based organizations.

5.4.1 TEAM COORDINATION

One of the primary challenges of unlearning within a project is coordination. When teams are

tasked with pursuing novel concepts, how do you coordinate the future integration of yet to be

defined work of multiple individual efforts, without forcing predefined points of intersection?

This challenge is compounded by the fact that to successfully unlearn within a complex project,

team members need to produce work independently to introduce divergent thinking and integrate

their efforts collectively to produce a cohesive design concept. Simply put: how do teams work

collaboratively under conditions of uncertainty?

My research demonstrates that when mechanisms for coordination, which are learned across

projects, are sufficiently woven through the productive fabric of a creative project-based

organization, ready-to-use procedures for collaboration can be employed almost immediately

when a team is formed. Rather than emerging anew for each new project, my research

demonstrates that collaboration mechanisms structure the integration of independently produced

work that is not defined at the outset of an exploration. Contrary to existing research (see for

instance Jarzabkowski et al. 2012), I find that despite facing significant uncertainty, ready-to-use

procedures for elastic coordination are made available through work practices like mutual

monitoring, distributed intelligence, agility, and translation. This adds insights to existing

theories on organizations by highlighting the distinction that needs to be drawn between

temporary collectives and established organizations with respect to collaboration. In instances

when individuals work together for the first time, both organizationally and collectively,

Page 171: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

163

mechanisms to guide coordination will not be sufficiently established and ready to draw on. In

project-based organizations, however, mechanisms evolve, over time and across projects, to

establish ready-to-use practices for structuring collaboration, even if a team of designers has

never worked together.124

This leads to my second major finding with respect to mechanisms for structuring

collaboration: flexibility. Rather than being highly flexible, as existing research argues due to the

uncertainty and unpredictability of venturing into the unknown (Ching et al. 1992), I find that

collaboration mechanisms within the studios I conducted research with are relatively structured.

This was most evident when coordination mechanisms were not followed or breached by

unexpected methods for collaborating. This finding points to the fact that under conditions of

uncertainty, there is a stronger imperative for designers to enact established mechanisms for

coordination. Due to the high possibility of misalignment or complete disharmony when

designers individually produce work, teams cannot loosely coordinate how they will collectively

reintegrate. This does not imply that they are defining points of intersection at the outset of

exploration like work in organizations that is sequentially engineered that relies on specific acts.

Rather, they rely on practices known to successfully facilitate the integration, evaluation, and

future direction of work that is not defined at the outset of exploration. I find that this foundation

emboldens risk taking, experimentation, and free association, by being highly adaptable to the

context of discovery where information is yet to be defined and a sense of where the team is

going does not exist. Rather than eliminating hierarchy and structure within an organization, as

most popular management techniques suggest, firms need to establish practices for structuring

coordination. Principals need to develop, nurture, and most importantly constantly evolve them.

In the absence of this, flatter reporting structures, decentralized decision making, collaboration,

and a casual culture will lead to teams not being able to productively separate and then

reintegrate.

124 Interestingly, after years of analytic research at Google, a team of organizational psychologists, behaviorists, and sociologists came to a similar conclusion with respect to what makes some teams effective and others not. What they discovered was that certain norms, established across projects, enabled some teams to outperform others, all else being equal, except for the absence of these norms that facilitate high productivity (Duhigg 2016). Following an article published about this in the New York Times Sunday paper, many of the principals I interviewed asked me about it, and were curious what was going on within their own practices with respects to norms.

Page 172: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

164

5.4.2 EXPLORATION

Deciding what to produce and then identifying its potential value is another fundamental

challenge facings teams attempting to innovate. Without a defined solution at the outset, how do

you search for and then identify the value of unfamiliar ideas? Put another way, how do you

move forward explorations along the most promising path, when a sense of where the team will

end up only exists as a vague vision?

At OAE, and other design studios, I find when practices for moving explorations forward,

which are learned across projects, are sufficiently established within the practice, teams have the

confidence that they will be able to construct concepts that transform typologies — even when

they start with familiar ideas. Rather than striving towards defined solutions, my research

provides empirical organizational evidence for the pragmatist conceptualization of action as

continuous, where actors are embedded in streams of action. Faced with challenging situations,

like the ones that opened this chapter, the designers at OAE exemplify actors who hypothesize

“activities — means-to-ends — that might resolve the problem and make predictions about their

results … choosing a best course of action but constantly adjusting it upon receiving new

information about the actual effects of means chosen.”125 The principal at OAE, like those of

other highly acclaimed practices known for innovation and experimentation, refuses to start a

project with an a priori sense of the outcome. Napkin sketches that are enacted architecturally

are considered ridiculous, because they limit exploration before the team has even started. Like

the Medici, designers strive for robust action, in which a “single action can be interpreted

coherently from multiple perspectives simultaneously” (Padgett and Ansell 1993:1263). The

intention is that designers come back with unanticipated associations that they uncover in their

individual explorations, furthering an idea in the process. In other words, designs do not appear

in bounded moments of genius or inspiration.

I find, like McDonnell and his collaborators (2017:4) that “resonance helps identify lines of

action towards ends-in-view, potentially revising designers’ desires and imagining of potential

opportunity spaces to explore. Teams within creative project-based organizations, like OAE, are

constantly assessing new information as it is generated through explorations to determine what

125 Whitford 2002:345; see also Gross 2009:367; McDonnell et al 2017:4; Schön 1983.

Page 173: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

165

means to select and what direction to move in. As information becomes more resonant, new

paths open for exploration. Yet I find that producing as much information as possible is a

necessary, but not sufficient explanation for the emergence of novel concepts.

Lines of action will not resonate – or become apparent – in large amounts of data alone. A

sheer volume of ideas will not inherently provide the direction through which novel design

concepts will emerge. By example, there was sufficient information for the Landmark

competition, nevertheless a path for discovery did not emerge. I find that project specific

argument sequences are required to form the conceptual scaffolding to build concepts around and

move explorations into the unknown forward. I find that these scaffoldings enable teams to

quickly evaluate the value of unfamiliar and potentially contradictory ideas. My case shows that

this kind of approach enables teams to answer what could be questions, and then quickly

evaluate the worth and utility of the information, and, in turn, how to incorporate it. When the

argument sequence emerges along with the concept, I find it take designers from the highly

familiar, the starting point of exploration, to new territories, which come to define genuinely

novel concepts. It therefore moves designers from the familiar into the unknown. In the absence

of a project specific argument sequence, the required conceptual scaffolding will not be available

to build ideas around, challenging teams to move forward explorations from the familiar to the

highly unfamiliar.

These findings on search, further contribute to the distinction between temporary collectives,

formal, and project-based organizations. Within temporary collectives, where individuals are

working together collectively for the first time, mechanisms will not be sufficiently established

to predictably move explorations forward. When mechanisms are learned across projects, teams

can rely on them to break with taken-for-granted expectations and assumptions, even when they

start with very familiar ideas. Yet the discreet temporal nature of project-based organizations

ensures that mechanisms remain flexible and adaptive. Rather than turning into prescriptive acts,

which are used to successively iterate on existing knowledge, the practices I have identified

come to support an approach that is highly flexible and responsive to the incorporation of new

information. At OAE, like other highly innovative studios, multiple typologies are tackled

simultaneously. Teams, however, rely on the same set of mechanisms to move projects forward.

Members of the studio often work for four weeks on one typology and then transition to another,

yet are still expected to search into the unknown. Moving competition to competition

Page 174: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

166

necessitates that mechanisms focus on approaches to work rather than distinct acts, otherwise a

studio’s take on a performing arts center and commercial skyscraper will look oddly alike. At

OAE, and the practices with whom I conducted interviews, this is not the case. Each project is

distinct from the others.

Perhaps the most interesting finding from the section on search is that teams are continually

hypothesizing to successively construct concepts. Prevailing wisdom would suggest that teams

start with a hypothesis, gather the necessary information to vet an idea, and then execute it. The

designers I interviewed and observed started with research to establish a foundation — using

very familiar and well defined information — and then successively constructed hypothesis to

move away from familiar ideas towards solutions not foreseeable at the outset of exploration.

Like Joas (1996:135) finds, a hypothesis “if nurtured with loving care — as opposed to applying

force and determination — unfolds according to its own logic until it is finally ripe for testing.” I

find however, that the work practices of teams in creative project-based organizations, move

forward the unfolding of an idea and means selected along the way. Designers do not force the

construction of concepts, but they do not emerge in a vacuum either. By deploying highly

flexible approaches to moving forward explorations, I find innovative organizations are

encouraged to constantly ask small what could be questions, rather than all-encompassing what

is questions. This is critical for generating new information and then, with this information,

constantly reevaluating means selected and ends-in-view targeted, to construct concepts that

emerge organically. With this mindset, designers do not close off opportunity spaces at the

beginning of projects trying to define a terminal endpoint.

5.4.3 CONSTRUCTING NOVEL CONCEPTS

Another fundamental challenge facing teams venturing into the unknown is translating ideas

from the minds of designers into tangible representations that can be interrogated, evaluated, and

built upon. This challenge is heightened by the fact that truly novel concepts don’t exist in

current practice or imagination, posing the challenge: how do you construct concepts that

previously did not exist? Moreover, how do designers transform highly familiar ideas, into

genuinely novel concepts that disrupt taken-for-granted assumptions and expectations?

My research demonstrates that to successfully construct concepts in uncharted territory,

creative project-based organizations, like OAE, rely on approaches, which are learned across

Page 175: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

167

projects, that structure the deployment and use of tools within the studio. Like existing research,

I find empirical evidence for the fact that constructing ideas is not exclusively a mental activity,

it requires tangible representations that can be interrogated, evaluated, reshuffled, and most

importantly recombined to transform existing ideas into new and novel configurations. Similar to

the scientific labs Latour and Woolgar (1986) conducted research in, and the arbitrage trading

floors of Stark and Beunza (2002), I find that designers use tools to reveal information that is not

immediately apparent. This is underpinned by the fact that novel concepts by their very

definition do not exist in current practice or imagination waiting to be discovered — they need to

be constructed. At OAE, and other design studios where I conducted interviews, I find that

through the practices of conducting precedence research, compiling studies, iterating on ideas,

and following the firm specific configuration of tools, designers are continually exposing the

properties of ideas. This enables teams to quickly test ideas and gather feedback on an almost

moment-by-moment basis to understand what direction they are moving in and the potential

value of continuing down one path and not another.

My findings depart from existing research by providing evidence against claims that it is the

constant changing of tools and the procedures for employing them that leads to innovation.126 In

my case, I find the opposite: teams rely on practices learned across different projects, to move

their explorations into the unknown forward. When teams depart from established practices, like

in the case of the Metro Skyscraper and Landmark competitions, they are challenged to gather

the necessary information to successively advance ideas from the familiar into the unknown,

because gaps exist in the construction of concepts. When this is the case, novel concepts do not

emerge, because their unique qualities and properties are not understood, and, in turn, cannot be

coaxed out through successive rounds of refining concepts.

How the use of tools is structured provides further insights into the distinction between

temporary collectives and creative project-based organizations with respect to how continual

innovation is encouraged. When teams are working collectively and organizationally for the first

time, they must establish what tools and procedures are most effective for revealing the

spectrums of information they require to construct novel concepts. In the case of project-based

126 Latour and Woolgar 1986.

Page 176: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

168

organizations, practices learned across projects, which have proven successful in the past, can be

drawn on for new projects. Being deployed across diverse typologies provides evidence that they

structure an approach rather than a solution. The same approach, by example, was deployed for

the International Performing Arts Center, DC Premium Space, and Playful Performance Center

project, all of which varied in the first principles addressed to transform the typologies. In this

sense, rather than being structured to produce a single product, these practices are structured to

move the process of design forward by continually exposing and then incorporating new

information about an idea. I believe this distinction needs to be made when examining how tools

and the procedures for deploying them influence the continual innovation within organizations.

The explanatory burden carried by tools is therefore higher than is typically assumed, and cannot

be overlooked when assessing the production of innovation. My experience shows that many

organizations that embark on workforce transformations with the intention of becoming more

agile, collaborative, and innovative, overlook how tools contribute to constant innovation. When

this is the case, old habits resume, despite all the trappings of a highly agile, innovative

organization.

Perhaps the most unexpected finding is that the mechanisms for guiding innovation influence

the distinct signatures that are embodied in a studio’s design concepts. Although families and

generations of products rarely, if ever, exist in creative project-based organizations, there is still

a distinctive signature that ties a design to the studio. This provides evidence that the tools and

procedures for deploying them, in part leave a distinctive mark on the designs constructed.

Despite having access to all the same tools and knowledge for deploying them, the unique

procedures for using them imprints a distinct quality on the design concepts. The two studios in

Manhattan, whose work was diametrically opposed — one obsessed with symmetry and the

other imperfection — both have similar tools, however, each deploy them very differently. My

research suggests a studio’s unique signature can be in part attributed to the kinds of information

that is revealed — shaping what a designer sees in their explorations — and how that

information is synthesized and presented to the rest of the team to help constrain and set the

direction for successive explorations.127 This, in my opinion, suggests that greater emphasis

127 More research will have to be conducted on this specific aspect of a creative project-based organizations approach to constructing novel concepts.

Page 177: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

169

needs to be attributed to the way that ideas are interrogated, evaluated, reshuffled, and most

importantly recombined within organizations to explain innovation. Looking at ideation by itself

will only expose part of the story. Tools therefore need to be considered as active, rather than

passive elements in design, whose influence in constructing novel concepts cannot be

overlooked.128

5.4.4 A DOUBLE-EDGED SWORD: ENABLING AND CONSTRAINING INNOVATION

The mechanisms discussed above are a double-edged sword. For creative project-based

organizations, like OAE and the other practices discussed throughout my dissertation, the work

practices that enable continual innovation — or unlearning within projects — also constrain

innovation. As constraining forces, the practices that collectively make up a firm’s unique

approach limit the kinds of innovation teams within this organizational typology are inclined to

achieve. The enabling and constraining facets of these mechanisms can be delineated across

three aspects of a practice’s approaches for team coordination, exploration, and construction of

novel concepts, including: dealing with uncertainty, producing concepts under pressure, and

identifying previously unidentified opportunities. I will explore these three aspects below.

The context of discovery is uncertain. Evolving primarily as practices for self-preservation,

creative project-based organizations are required to deal with uncertainty to successfully unlearn

within a project. Although innovation can never be guaranteed, like Leschziner (2015) finds with

elite chefs, predisposed ways of responding to situations can be developed that are more inclined

towards the production of typology disrupting concepts.

Yet to enable innovation, mechanisms must inherently bracket exploration to deal with

uncertainty. My research provides empirical evidence for the curvilinear relationship between

cognitive distance and resonance of unfamiliar ideas. “Resonance is most likely and likely

strongest,” McDonnell and his collaborators (2017:7-9) argue, “when the solution offered by the

object is neither too familiar nor too resistance to interpretation or extension.”129 I find teams

within creative project-based organizations limit uncertainty by not exploring in territories that

128 See Latour (2005) for a good discussion on Actor Network Theory. 129 de Vaan et al. (2015:1147), find “teams are most likely to be creatively successful when their cognitively heterogeneous groups have points of intersection.” When ideas are too resistant to interpretation, teams will not have common points of intersect and likely overlook the idea.

Page 178: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

170

are exceedingly resistant to interpretation. In Table 5, team avoid ideas in the bottom left

quadrant, which are highly resistant to interpretation and are unfamiliar. By example, teams

never venture into distant fields, where ideas would be exceedingly challenging to translate back.

Spaces where the value of raw creative materials is highly uncertain. Rather, they find a sweet

spot in the middle, never pushing too far outside the realm of being able to translate an idea back

to its intended context.

Figure 4: Dealing with Uncertainty

Bracketing in this sense is a strategy by designers that limits the degree of novelty generated.

I attribute this to the necessity of creative project-based organizations to predictably produce

novel solutions for the projects they take on. Venturing too far into the unknown, organizations

take on increasing risk that their attempts will fail because they will not be able to translate novel

ideas in ways that are accessible to intended audiences, or worse, themselves. This speaks to the

question of the difficulty to transform behaviors and expectations to embrace new concepts and

ideas. Convincing the theater consultant of the Playful Performance Center of the team’s

typology transforming concept is an example of this. The apprehension amongst the design team

on the Sunday afternoon in February when they presented the concept to the school’s committee

was largely due to this concern. If the theater consultant, who is exposed to new theater concepts

on a regular basis, is resistant, what would the reaction of the lay members of the committee be?

If the concept was too foreign and hard to demonstrate its positive impact on the design, they

Page 179: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

171

would have to redesign the entire building. Teams therefore consciously limit explorations to

reduce uncertainty.

One of the primary distinguishing factors of creative project-based organizations is the limited

duration of projects. To successfully develop a design concept within four to six weeks, and then

within five years, complete construction, mechanisms must emerge to produce concepts under

pressure.130 In the absence of these controls, firms are challenged to meet their contractual

deadliness and risk losing projects — a perilous position to be in when many studios live project

to project. The work practices that have emerged to address these constraints also limit the depth

of exploration a team can engage in.

Dewey (1998[1938]:172) states that perplexing situations “cannot be straightened out,

cleared up and put in order, by manipulation of our personal state of mind.” The restoration of an

integrated experience is only possible through “operations which actually modify existing

conditions.” My research demonstrates that to produce concepts under pressure, designers often

do not have the requisite time to think through issues or incubate ideas that are deeply nested

within larger systems of meaning. I find that this limits a team’s ability, within creative project-

based organizations, to modify existing conditions within which a concept is nested. Reverting to

what is more familiar and, in turn, manageable to produce within tight turnaround times, often

limits deep dives into concepts that require more time than allocated, to explore and identify their

potential value.

Introducing strategies of action that are not considered acceptable or even cognized as

possible lines of action in a field is, after all, not a simple task. As Stark (2009:4) states “the

process of innovation is paradoxical, for it involves a curious cognitive function of recognizing

what is not yet formulated as a category.131 My research supports this statement, and, in turn, the

fact that with limited time to think through issues, teams are inherently required to limit their

explorations to ensure they have sufficient time to translate independent efforts — or divergent

thinking — back to the team, to ensure cohesive reintegration of their individual pieces of work.

130 Four to six weeks is a standard timeline for a large architectural project. For other design firms the execution phase is much shorter, potentially only months. However, the concept design phase is proportionally smaller as well, in some instances giving designers only a week to come up with a concept. 131 see also Latour and Woolgar 1986.

Page 180: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

172

By example, in Table 6, ideas closest to the origin are avoided in favor of those slightly closer to

the middle where ideas are not too resistant to interpretation. Yet teams rarely explore for ideas

in the upper right quadrant, which are highly familiar. After failing to initially identify the

underlying issues of the Landmark competition, a challenge that has evaded most city planners

and architects, the team did not have time to continue searching deeper, they had to produce

something to meet the fast-approaching deadline. These deeper investigations are better

facilitated in organizational typologies that are premised on long-term research, like think-tanks

or research and development, where significantly more time can be allocated to the initial

discovery phase and then translating successive layers of meaning upon which these ideas

depend.

Figure 5: Dealing with Nested Issues

Creative project-based organizations, like OAE, are premised on producing novel responses to

their client’s requests. Evolving to meet the continual demand for innovation, mechanisms are

established within practices to assist in identifying previously unidentified opportunities. Despite

enabling teams to meet the demands of clients, and fulfill their organizational reputation for

producing innovative responses to issues, these mechanisms fundamentally dictate the kind of

innovation that can be pursued.

Identifying a concept within the first four to six weeks of a project, I find teams are limited to

conceptual innovation as illustrated in Table 7. This kind of innovation is described by Grant

(2016:109-110) as formulating a big idea at the outset and then executing it. Experimental

Page 181: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

173

innovation on the other hand emerges through trial and error, “learning and evolving as they go

along.” The latter of which typically takes a lot longer because innovations are based on years of

methodical investigation, allowing for greater flexibility in the concept as it passes through

different phases of development. Paradigm shifting innovations, like the computer microchip

described in Chapter 3, require incredible amounts of time to evolve.132 I find that this kind of

innovation is not possible within creative project-based organizations due to the necessity to

successfully lock in a design concept within a very limited period of time. Consequently, I find a

degree of path dependency creeps into projects, where ideas that challenge the concept are not

seriously taken into consideration after the initial concept phase is completed. With only four to

six weeks to generate a concept, teams do not have the time to engage in long-term methodical

investigation. They need to generate a vision within this timeframe, and then figure out how to

bring it to life.

Figure 6: Identifying Novel Concepts

132 Walter Isaacson’s The Innovators (2014) provides a great account of the amount of time and successive learning that was required to invent the microchip, whose transformative power can be found in almost every facet of our lives today. This is a radical innovation that could not have emerged under the constraints of a project-based organization.

Page 182: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

174

5.5 THE DEMOCRATIZATION OF DESIGN: ADDRESSING THE NEW DYNAMICS OF MARKETS

The rising power of small creative project-based organizations is critical in the democratization

of design. Firms with as few as 15 employees can transform billions of dollars in capital into

transformative buildings that reimagine how individuals experience space and interact with their

surroundings. Similarly, within industrial design, small collectives are introducing products and

services that reimagine how the things we interact with daily can meaningfully enhance our

experiences and the way we live our lives. No longer is this exclusively the territory of larger,

traditional organizations. Simply put, small is big and, more importantly, impactful.

Rather than having to focus on the broadest possible audience, smaller organizations can

serve previously overlooked groups of individuals and needs within society. Projects that don’t

make financial sense for traditional organizations to take on are now receiving significant

attention from creative project-based firms, whose flexibility enables them to take them on. With

this shift, has come a change in where the most ambitious and skilled designers work.

While writing this conclusion, I was serendipitously introduced to a young architect by a

friend one afternoon while sitting in Bryant Park. Her impressive background, working at some

of the most acclaimed studios around the world, is not particularly unusual. What impresses me

is the fact that she left a lucrative position to join a boutique practice in Manhattan so she could

design a public school in one of the most impoverished zip codes in the United States. An area

that has been overlooked for far too long, where progress has all but stopped. Projects like this,

which do not pay high commissions or carry with them the cultural cachets to attract press that

might lead to other high paying commissions, are often overlooked by larger design practices

who traditionally were the leaders of innovation. Consequently, these projects have been taken

on by firms who simply want to meet a demand within the market, taking the lowest possible risk

in doing so to ensure the highest possible returns. The soulless, prison like designs of schools,

public housing, and community centers are a stark reminder of this fact.

Yet as the two principals whose quotes opened this chapter make clear, it is social

engagement which makes design meaningful. When designers seek to address the fundamental

conditions and issues within an existing design typology, it has the possibility to enliven a

process of growth within the community it will serve. By asking what a school could be, what

Page 183: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

175

subsidised housing could be, and what a community center could be, designers have an

opportunity to meaningfully transform a community by fundamentally reimagining how the

unique issues and conditions of a typology are addressed. Communities that for far too long have

been served by firms that simply want to meet a demand within the market, not considering how

the products and services they provide impact the communities for which they are intended.

The intuitive explanation for not meaningfully engaging with these projects is the meager

budgets allocated to them. Yet my research and the growing number of boutique design firms

successfully tackling these challenging projects points to the fact that it is in fact a lack of

exploration. Armed with approaches that enable small teams to explore for new ways of tackling

existing problems, teams can advance knowledge with the confidence that they will meet tight

deadlines and budgets. As firms refine the mechanisms that enable them to move explorations

into the unknown forward, they are becoming better equipped to successfully engage with

previously overlooked communities and needs. This is critical to providing bespoke designs that

stimulate growth in areas that, for the most part, have remained stagnant, or worse, regressed.

What this process of exploration empowers designers with, is what the pragmatist tradition refers

to as growth.

The process of growth is not exclusive to architecture and industrial design firms. The work

practices adopted by designers to advance knowledge by exploring into the unknown reflects a

different way of approaching troubling situations. It is at its core a different way of thinking

through issues. Rather than forcing these situations to fit with existing expectations and

experiences, the approaches I have identified enable individuals to advance knowledge to

embrace the ever-evolving conditions within which new solutions will be situated.

These approaches for encouraging growth by perfecting, maturing, and refining conditions,

can be employed by teams tackling challenges in almost every field where existing strategies of

action prove ineffective. I find that the highly flexible and responsive work practices explained

throughout my dissertation for unlearning within a project are shifting the dynamics of who has

power to meaningfully transform the objects and services we interact with daily, from larger

traditional organizations to smaller, more nimble and adaptive, project-based organizations.

These mechanisms are critical for enabling entrepreneurial teams, working with limited budgets

and resources, to meaningfully disrupt markets that previously were dominated by larger

Page 184: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

176

organizations, ones that are too large and slow to adapt to the rapidly shifting environments that

they aim to serve. Beyond providing consumers with more personalized products and services, I

think these practices will transform how we deliver critical services like disaster relief, which for

too long has been plagued by an organizational inability to respond quickly and think differently

about how they provide aid.

Page 185: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

177

Table 5: Features of Project-Based Organizational Typology Enabling Constraining

Dealing with Uncertainty: the context of discovery is uncertain, given that novel concepts do not exist in current practice or imagination.

• Generate unanticipated

associations by combining unfamiliar raw creative material in ways that do not conform to existing expectations, experiences, or taken-for-granted assumptions.

• Limit uncertainty by not exploring

in territories that are exceedingly resistance to interpretation, to predictably produce novel solutions for the projects firms take on.

• Venturing too far into the unknown, organizations take on increasing risk that their attempts will fail because they will not be able to translate novel ideas in ways that are accessible to intended audiences, or worse, themselves.

Producing Concepts Under Pressure: teams typically only have a short period of time, in architecture 4 -6 weeks, to develop a fully articulated design concept.

• Constantly tackling new design

challenges encourage learning, adaptability, and flexibility within the organization.

• Limits the practice of refining and iterating on existing ideas, forcing exploration and in turn finding new solutions.

• Limits the depth of exploration

teams engage in because designers often do not have the requisite time to think through issues or incubate ideas.

• With limited time to think through issues, teams are inherently required to limit their explorations to ensure they have sufficient time to translate unfamiliar ideas.

Identifying Previously Unidentified Opportunities: due to time constraints, teams are limited to conceptual innovation where big ideas are formulated at the outset and then executed.

• Practices emerge that encourage

teams to think conceptually, creating rough visions and then in bringing them to life, encourage unanticipated associations and ideas to emerge.

• Teams are limited to conceptual

innovation where big ideas are formulated at the outset and then executed.

• Experimental innovation, which relies on years of trial and error and experimentation is not possible.

Page 186: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

178

Methodological Appendix My dissertation is largely based on ethnographic research conducted at an architectural practice

located in New York City, between June 2015 and May 2016. To answer my main question, I

relied on participant observation, taking “part in the daily activities, rituals, interactions, and

events of” the people in the studio, to learn about the “explicit and tacit aspects of their life

routines and their culture” (DeWalt & DeWalt 2011:1). This allowed me to access the explicit

culture within and outside the practice, which consists of knowledge people can communicate

about with relative ease (DeWalt & DeWalt 2011:1; Spradley 1980:7). Yet despite being

explicit, aspects of studio life, such as explosive acts of conflict between members, were often

brushed aside or not brought up in interviews and casual conversations unless directly referenced

(see for instance Ager 1996). Participant observation also provided me with access to tacit

aspects of studio culture that largely exist outside the individuals’ awareness or consciousness,

which cannot be learned about through interviews or textual analysis (DeWalt & DeWalt 2011:2;

Zahle 2012; Jerolmack and Khan 2014). By example, subtle glances across workspaces and

negotiating meaning, which are part of habitual day-to-day practice, were often not immediately

obvious to research participants until discussed or pointed out (Desjarlais 1992; Desjarlais and

Throop 2011; Zahle 2012). It was only through my participation in the studio and the daily lives

of designers that these tacit and often uncomfortable aspects of explicit culture became apparent

to me (see for instance Musante 2015:254; Ho 2009).

Following Mailinowski’ approach to participant observation, my research focused on

everyday interactions and observations, rather than direct lines of inquiry into specific behaviors

(1967; see also Picchi 1992:144). I attempted as best as possible to move around the studio,

observing everything from the mundane to the exciting. By “being where the action is,” as

Bernard (1996:343) puts it, I collected many different types of qualitative data, including

narratives, documents, and expressions. Employing a decidedly qualitative approach, I focus on

the nature of the phenomena under consideration, not their magnitude or distribution. The latter

of which is best suited for assessing and quantifying the structural factors that lead to innovation

(see for instance Burt 2002; 2004; 2010; Leschziner 2015)

I cannot separate my analysis and “representation of the social reality” of the designers I

observed, from my “own experience in the world of these others” as Van Maanen argues

Page 187: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

179

(2011:xiii; see also Emerson et al. 1995:8). To limit the extent to which my experiences and

assumptions would influence my observations, I selected an industry in which I had no prior

experience. Yet during my extended time at my field site and immersion into the social world of

designers outside of work, I inevitably became enculturated into the community (Schensul et al.

1999). Throughout my time at my field site, I always remained conscious of the fact that the

culture I was observing was only apparent to me through “conjecture, inference and a great deal

of faith (Van Maanen 2012:3; see also Wagner 1981). Moreover, I cannot underestimate the

impact of my presence on the social interactions I observed (Emerson et al. 1995). To mitigate

the effects of my presence I conducted extended participant observation, gaining acceptance as a

partial insider after a few months at my site (Musante 2015:265-271).

Using participant observation as a foundation (see for instance Ager 1996), I conducted

interviews with 25 designers. Drawing on the long interview form, which is distinctive in its

“sharply focused, rapid, [and] highly intensive” format (McCracken 1988:7), I added additional

depth to my understanding of the practices I observed at my field site. Following Leschziner

(2015), these interviews also played the role of control case, indicating whether the practices I

observed at my field site were idiosyncratic to the particular design studio, or are to be expected

give the types of explorations engaged by designers with similar ambitions to transform

typologies.

Page 188: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

180

References Addams, Jane. 1893. “The objective value of a social settlement.” Pp.27-56 in Philanthropy and

Social Progress. New York, NY: Thomas Y. Crowell & Co. Agar, Michael. 1996. The Professional Stranger: An Informal Introduction to Ethnography. San

Diego, CA: Academic Press. Alder, Paul. 1995. “Interdepartmental Interdependence and Coordination: The Case of the

Design/Manufacturing Interface.” Organization Science 6(2):147-167. Alexander, Christopher. 1964. Notes On The Synthesis of Form. Cambridge, MA: Harvard

University Press. Argote, Linda. 1982. “Input Uncertainty and Organizational Coordination in Hospital

Emergency Units.” Administrative Science Quarterly 27(3):420-434. Arrow, Kenneth. 1974. The Limits of Organizations. New York, NY: W.W. Norton & Company. Arts Build Ontario. 2013. “Phases of Design.” Retrieved May 16, 2018 (https://www.arts

buildontario.ca /pibi/2013/01/09/phases-of-design-3/). Asheim, Bjorn and Philip Cooke. 1999. “Local learning and interactive innovation networks in a

global economy.” In Making Connections: Technological Learning and Regional Economic Change, edited by Edward Malecki and Paivi Oinas. Farmham, United Kingdom: Ashgate.

Balazs, Vedres and David Stark. 2010. “Structural Folds: Generative Disruption in Overlapping

Groups.” American Journal of Sociology 115(4):1150-1190. Baynes, Ken and Francis Pugh. 1981. The Art of the Engineer. Guildford, Sussex: Lutherwood

Press. Becker, Howard. 1974. “Art as Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 39(6):767-

776. Becker, Howard. 1984. Art Worlds. Los Angeles, CA: University of California Press. Berg, Justin. 2014. “The Primal Mark: How the Beginning Shapes the End in the Development

of Creative Ideas.” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 125(1):1-17. Bernard, Russell. 1996. “Qualitative Data, Quantitative Analysis.” Cultural Anthropology

Methods Journal 8:9-11. Beunza, Daniel and David Stark. 2002. “Tools of the Trade: The Socio-Technology of Arbitrage

in a Wall Street Trading Room.” Russel Sage Foundation Working Paper #195. Bielby, Denis and William Bielby. 1996. “Women and Men in Film: Gender Inequality Among

Writers in a Culture Industry.” Gender & Society 10(3):248-270.

Page 189: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

181

Böcking, Saskia. 2008. “Suspension of Disbelief.” Pp1-2 in The International Encylopedia of

Communication First Edition, edited by Wolfgang Donshach. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Booker, Peter Jeffrey. 1982. A History of Engineering Drawing. London: Northgate Publishing

Co. Brooks, Frederick. 1995 The Mythical Man-Month: Essays on Software Engineering. Reading,

MA: Addison-Wesley. Brown. Tim. 2009. Change By Design: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and

Inspires Innovation. New York, NY: Harper Collins. Burt, Ronald. 1992. Structural Holes: The Social Structure of Competition. Cambridge, MA:

Harvard University Press. Burt, Ronald. 2002. Brokerage and Closure: An Introduction to Social Capital. New York, NY:

Oxford University Press. Burt, Ronald. 2004. “Structural Holes and Good Ideas.” American Journal of Sociology

110(2):349-399. Burt, Ronald. 2010. Neighbor Networks: Competitive Advantage Local and Personal. New York,

NY: Oxford University Press. Cerulo, Karen. 2010. “Mining the Intersections of Cognitive Sociology and Neuroscience.”

Poetics 38:115-132. Childress, Clayton. 2017. Under the Cover: The Creation, Production, and Reception of a Novel.

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Ching, Chee, Clyde Holsapple and Andrew Whinston. 1992. “Reputation, Learning, and

Coordination in Distribution Decision-Making Contexts.” Organization Science 3(2):275-297.

Christensen, Clayton. 2000. The Innovator’s Dilemma. New York, NY: Harper Business. Christensen, Clayton. 2003. The Innovator’s Solution. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School

Press. Crane, Diana. 1997. “Globalization, Organization Size, and Innovation in the French Luxury

Fashion Industry: Production of Culture Theory Revisited.” Poetics 24:393-414. Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly. 1997. Creativity: The Psychology of Discovery and Invention. New

York, NY: Harper Perennial.

Page 190: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

182

Dane, Erik. 2010. “Reconsidering The Trade-Off Between Expertise and Flexibility: A Cognitive Entrenchment Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 35(4):579-603.

Danneels, Erwin. 2002. “The Dynamics of Product Innovation and Firm Competences.”

Strategic Management Journal 23:1095-1121. de Vaan, Mathijs, David Stark and Balazs Vedres. 2015. “Game Changer: The Topology of

Creativity.” American Journal of Sociology 120(4):1144-1194. DeFillippi, Robert and Michael Arthur. 1998. “Paradox in Project-Based Enterprise: The Case of

Film Making.” California Management Review 40(2):125-138. DeFillippi, Robert. 2001. “Introduction: Project-based learning, reflective practices and

learning.” Management Learning 32(1):5-10. Desjarlais, Robert. 1992. Body and Emotion. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. Desjarlais, Rober and Jason Throop. “Phenomenological Approaches in Anthropology.” Annual

Review of Anthropology 40:87-102. DeWalt, Kathleen and Billie DeWalt. 2011. Participant Observation: A Guide For Fieldworkers.

Palo Alto, CA: AltaMira. Dewey, John. 1988[1920]. “Reconstruction in Philosophy.” Pp. 77-201 in John Dewey the

Middle Works, 1899-1924, edited by J.A. Boydston. Garbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

Dewey, John. 1991[1939]. “Theory of valuation.” Pp. 189-251 in John Dewey: The Later Works,

Volume 13, 1929-1953, edited by J. A. Boydston. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.

Dewey, John. 1998[1933]. “Analysis of Reflective Thinking.” Pp. 137-144 in The Essential

Dewey, Volume 2: Ethics, Logic, Psychology, edited by Larry Hickman and Thomas Alexander. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Dewey, John. 1998[1938]. “The Pattern of Inquiry.” Pp. 169-179 in The Essential Dewey,

Volume 2: Ethics, Logic, Psychology, edited by Larry Hickman and Thomas Alexander. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Dewey, John. 2005 [1934]. Art as Experience. New York, NY: Penguin Group. DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell. 1991. “The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism

and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields.” Pp. 63-82 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1997. “Culture and Cognition.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:263-287.

Page 191: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

183

Doeringer, Peter and Michael Piore. 1985. Internal Labor Markets and Manpower Analysis. Armonk, NY: M. E. Sharpe, Inc.

Dougherty, Deborah. 1992. “Interpretive barriers to successful product innovation in large

firms.” Organization Science 3:179-202. Duhigg, Charles. “What Google Learned From Its Quest to Build the Perfect Team.” The New

York Times Magazine February 25, pp. Ekstedt, Eskil, Rolf Lundin, Anders Soderholm and Hans Wirdenius. 1999. Neo-Industrial

Organizations. New York, NY: Routledge. Emerson, Robert, Rachel Fretz and Linda Shaw. 1995. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes.

Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Ewenstein, Boris and Jennifer Whyte. 2009. “Knowledge Practices in Design: The Role of

Visual Representations as ‘Epistemic Objects.’” Organization Studies 30(1):7-30. Faulkner, Robert and Andy Anderson. 1987. “Short-Term Projects and Emergent Careers:

Evidence from Hollywood.” American Journal of Sociology 92(4):879-909. Feldman, Martha and Brian Pentland. 2003. “Reconceptualizing Organizational Routines as a

Source of Flexibility and Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly 48(1):94-118. Fig, Joe. 2009. Inside the Painter’s Studio. New York, NY: Princeton Architectural Press. Fleming, Lee. 2001. “Recombinant Uncertainty in Technological Search.” Management Science

47(1):117-132. Ford, Cameron and Diane Sullivan. 2004. “A Time For Everything: How The Timing of Novel

Contributions Influences Project Team Outcomes.” Journal of Organizational Behavior 25(2):279-292.

Fraser, Heather. 2012. Design Works. Toronto, ON: University of Toronto Press. Gann, David and Ammon Salter. 2000. “Innovation in project-based, service-enhanced firms:

The construction of complex products and systems.” Research Policy 29:955-972. Gardner, Howard. 2011. Creating Minds: An Anatomy of Creativity Seen Through the Lives of

Freud, Einstein, Picasso, Stravinsky, Eliot, Graham, and Gandhi. New York, NY: Basic Books.

George, Jennifer. 2007. “Creativity in Organizations.” The Academy of Management Annals

1(1):439-477. Giddens, Anthony. 1984. The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration.

New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Page 192: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

184

Gigerenzer, Gerd and Reinhard Selten. 2002. Bounded Rationality: The Adaptive Toolkit. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Goffman, Erving. 1959. The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. New York, NY: An Anchor

Book. Goodman, Richard and Lawrence Goodman. 1976. “Some Management Issues in Temporary

Systems: A Study of Professional Development and Manpower — The Theater Case.” Administrative Science Quarterly 21(3):494-501.

Grabher, Gernot. 2001. “Ecologies of Creativity: The Village, the Group, and the Heterarchic

Organization of the British Advertising Industry.” Economy and Space 33(2):351-374. Grabher, Gernot. 2002. “Cool Projects, Boring Institutions: Temporary Collaboration in Social

Context.” Regional Studies 36(3):205-214. Grabher, Gernot. 2004. “Learning in Projects, Remembering in Networks? Communality,

Sociality, and Connectivity in Project Ecologies.” European Urban and Regional Studies 11(2):99-119.

Granovetter, Mark. 1984. “Small is Bountiful: Labor Markets and Establishment Size.”

American Sociological Review 49(3):323-334. Granovetter, Mark. 1985. “Economic Action and Social Structure: The Problem of

Embeddedness.” American Journal of Sociology 91(3):481-510. Grant, Adam. 2016. Originals: How Non-Conformists Move The World. New York, NY: Viking. Grazian, David. 2003. Blue Chicago: The Search for Authenticity in Urban Blues Clubs.

Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Gross, Neil. 2009. “A Pragmatist Theory of Social Mechanisms.” American Sociological Review

74(June):358-379. Hannan, Michael and John Freeman. 1984. “Structural Inertia and Organizational Change.”

American Sociological Review 49(2):149-164. Hansen, Morten. 1999. “The Search-Transfer Problem: The Role of Weak Ties in Sharing

Knowledge Across Organization Subunits.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44(1):82-111. Hansen, Morten. 2002. “Knowledge Networks: Explaining Effective Knowledge Sharing in

Multiunit Companies.” Organization Science 13(3):232-248. Hargadon, Andrew and Robert Sutton. 1997. “Technology Brokering and Innovation in a

Product Development Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42(4):716-749.

Page 193: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

185

Hargadon, Andrew, and Beth Bechky. 2006. “When Collections of Creatives Become Creative Collectives: A filed Study of Problem Solving at Work.” Organization Science 17(4):484-500.

Hargadon, Andrew. 2003. How Breakthroughs Happen: The Surprising Truth About How

Companies Innovate. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press. Harrison, Spencer, and Elizabeth Rouse. 2014. “Let’s Dance! Elastic Coordination in Creative

Group Work: A Quantitative Study Of Modern Dancers.” Academy of Management Journal 57(5):1256-1283.

Hiltzik, Michael. 1999. Dealers of Lightning: Xerox PARC and the Dawn of the Computer Age.

New York, NY: Harper Business. Ho, Karen. 2009. Liquidated: An Ethnography of Wall Street. Durham, NC: Duke University

Press. Hobday, Mike. 1998. “Product Complexity, Innovation and Industrial Organization.” Research

Policy 26:689-710. Hobday, Mike. 2000. “The Project-Based organization: an ideal form for managing complex

products and systems?” Research Policy 29:871-893. Hoffman, David. 2015 “Overcoming the Obstacles to Cross-Functional Decision Making:

Laying the Groundwork for Collaborative Problem Solving.” Organizational Dynamics 44(1):1-9.

Holden, Kimberly, Gregg Pasquarelli, Christopher Sharples, Coren Sharples, and William

Sharples. 2012. SHoP: Out of Practice. New York, NY: Monacelli Press. Hutchins, Edwin. 1995. Cognition in the Wild. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Ingles, Bjarke. 2015. Hot to Cold: An Odyssey of Architectural Adaptation. New York, NY:

Taschen. Isaacson, Walter, 2014. The Innovators: How a Group of Hackers, Geniuses, and Geeks Created

the Digital Revolution. New York, NY: Simon & Schuster Paperbacks. Jarzabkowski, Paula, Jane Le, and Martha Feldman. 2012. “Towards a Theory of Coordinating:

Creating Coordinating Mechanisms in Practice.” Organization Science 23(4):907-927. Jerolmack, Colin and Shamus Khan. 2014. “Talk is Cheap: Ethnography and the Attitudinal

Fallacy.” Sociological Methods and Research 43(2):178-209. Joas, Hans. 1996. The Creativity of Action. Chicago, IL: Chicago University Press. Kalay, Yehuda. 2004. Architecture’s New Media: Principles, Theories and Methods of

Computer-Aided Design. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Page 194: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

186

Kaplan, Sarah and Keyvan Vakili. 2014. “The Double-Edged Sword of Recombination in

Breakthrough Innovation.” Strategic Management Journal 36(10):1435-1457. Katz, Daniel and Robert Kahn. 1966. The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York, NY:

Wiley. Knight, Frank. 1921. Risk, Uncertainty and Profit. Washington, DC: BeardBooks. Kogut, Bruce and Udo Zander. 1992. “Knowledge of The Firm: Combinative Capabilities, and

the Replication of Technology.” Organization Science 3(3):383-397. Kogut, Bruce. 1991. “Joint Venture and the Option to Expand and Acquire.” Management

Science 37(1):19-33. Koolhass, Rem and Bruce Mau. 1997. S M L XL. New York, NY: Monacelli Press. Latour, Bruno and Steve Woolgar. 1986. Laboratory Life: The Construction of Scientific Facts.

Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press. Latour, Bruno. 1986. “Visualization and Cognition: Thinking With Eyes and Hands.” Knowledge

and Society: Studies in the Sociology of Culture Past and Present 6:1-40. Latour, Bruno. 1987. Science in Action: How to Follow Scientists and Engineers Through

Society. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press. Latour, Bruno. 2005. Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network Theory. New

York, NY: Oxford University Press. Leberecht, Tim. 2013. “Embracing Openness: Designing for the Loss of Control.” Pp. 226-231

in Rotman on Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University of Toronto Press.

Lee, Kyung Joon, John Brownstein, Richard Mills, and Isaac Kohane. 2010. “Does Collocation

Inform the Impact of Collaboration?” PLoS ONE 5(12):1-6. Leonard-Barton, Dorothy. 1992. “Core Capabilities and Core Rigidities: A Paradox in Managing

New Product Development.” Strategic Management Journal 13:111-125. Leschziner, Vanina, and Adam Isaiah Green. 2013. “Thinking about Food and Sex: Deliberate

Cognition in the Routine Practices of a Field.” Sociological Theory 31(2):116-144. Leschziner, Vanina. 2015. At The Chef’s Table: Culinary Creativity in Elite Restaurants.

Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Lester, Richard, and Michael Piore. 2004. Innovation: The Missing Dimension. Boston, MA:

Harvard University Press.

Page 195: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

187

Levinthal, Daniel and James March. 1981. “A Model of Adaptive Organizational Search.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 2:307-333.

Levinthal, Daniel. 1997. “Adaptation on Rugged Landscapes.” Management Science 43(7):934-

950. Levitt, Barbara and James March. 1988. “Organizational Learning.” Annual Review of Sociology

14:319-338. Liedtka, Jeanne and Robert Friedel. 2013. “Possibility Thinking: Lessons from Breakthrough

Engineering.” Pp. 122-127 in Rotman on Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University Press.

Lindblom, Charles. 1959. “The Science of Muddling Through.” Public Administration Review

19(2):79-88. Livingston, Jessica. 2007. Founders at Work: Stories of Startups’ Early Days. New York, NY:

Apress. Lucas, Brian and Loran Nordgren. 2015. “People Underestimate the Value of Persistence for

Creative Performance.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 109(2):232-243. Lundin, Rolf and Andres Soderholm. 1995. “A Theory of the Temporary Organization.”

Scandinavian Journal of Management 11(4):363-375. Lundin, Rolf and Christophe Midler. 1998. Projects as Arenas for Renewal and Learning

Processes. Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic. Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1967. A Diary In the Strict Sense of the Term. New York, NY: Harcourt,

Brace and World, Inc. March, James. 1981. “Footnotes to Organizational Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly

26(4):563-577. March, James. 1991. “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning.” Organization

Science 2(1):71-87. Martin, Roger, and Karen Christensen. 2013. Rotman on Design. Toronto, ON: University of

Toronto Press. Martin, Roger. 2009. The Design of Business. Boston, MA: Harvard University Press. Martin, Roger. 2013. “The Design of Business.” Pp. 14-19 in Rotman on Design, edited by

Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University of Toronto Press. Maskell, Peter and Anders Malmberg. 1999. “The Competitiveness of Rims and Regions.”

European Urban and Regional Studies 6(1):9-25.

Page 196: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

188

McCracken, Grant. 1988. The Long Interview. Newbury Park: Sage Publications. McCullough, Malcolm, William Mitchell, and Patrick Purcell. 1991. The Electronic Design

Studio: Architectural Knowledge and Media in the Computer Era. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

McDonnell, Terence, Christopher Bail, and Iddo Tavory. 2017. “A Theory of Resonance.”

Sociological Theory 35(1):1-14. Mead, George Herbert. 1907. “The social settlement: Its basis and function.” University of

Chicago Record 12:108–110. Mead, George Herbert. 1967[1934]. Mind, Self & Society From the Standpoint of a Social

Behaviorist. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Meyer, John and Brian Rowan. 1991. “Institutional Organizations: Formal Structure as Myth and

Ceremony.” In The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press.

Meyerson, Debra, Karl Weick and Roderick Kramer. 1996. “Swift Trust and Temporary

Groups.” Pp. 166-195 in Trust in Organizations, edited by Roderick Kramer and Tom Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Midler, Christoph. 1995. “Projectification of the firm: The Renault Case.” Scandinavian Journal

of Management 11(4):437-455. Mills, C Wright. 1940. “Situated Actions and Vocabularies of Motive.” American Sociological

Review 5(6):904-913. Misak, Cheryl. 2013. The American Pragmatists. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Molotch, Harvey. 2003. Where Stuff Comes From. New York, NY: Rutledge. Musante, Kathleen. 2015. “Participant Observation.” Pp. 215-250 in Handbook of Methods in

Cultural Anthropology, edited by Russell Bernard and Clarence Gravlee. London: Rowman and Littlefield.

Nadler, David and Michael Tushman. 1997. Competing By Design: The Power of Organizational

Architecture. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Nemeth, Charlan Jeanne, Keith Brown, and John Rogers. 2001. “Devil’s Advocate Versus

Authentic Dissent: Stimulating Quantity and Quality.” European Journal of Social Psychology 31:707-720.

Nemeth, Charlan Jeanne. 2012. “Minority Influence Theory.” Pp. 362-378 in Handbook of

Theories of Social Psychology, edited by Paul Van Lange, Arie Kruglanski, and Tory Higgins. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.

Page 197: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

189

Nickerson, Raymond. 1998. “Confirmation Bias: A Ubiquitous Phenomenon in Many Guises.” American Psychological Association 2(2):175-220.

Nonaka, Ikujiro and Hirotaka Takeuchi. 1995. The Knowledge-Creating Company. New York,

NY: Oxford University Press. Oinas, Pivi. 2000. “Distance and Learning: Does Proximity Matter?” Pp. 57-73 in Knowledge,

Innovation and Economic Growth: The Theory and Practice of Learning Regions, edited by Fans Boekema, Kevin Morgan, Silvia Bakkers, and Roel Rutten. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Okhuysen, Gerardo and Beth Bechky. 2009. “Coordination in Organizations: An Integrative

Perspective.” Academy of Management Annals 3(1):463-502. Padgett, John and Christopher Ansell. 1993. “Robust Action and the Rise of the Medici, 1400-

1434.” The American Journal of Sociology 98(6):1259-1319. Padgett, John and Walter Powell. 2012. “The Problem of Emergence.” Pp. 1-29 in The

Emergence of Organizations and Markets, edited by John Padgett and Walter Powell. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Padgett, John. 2012. “The Emergence of Corporate Merchant-Banks in Dugento Tuscany.” Pp.

121-167 in The Emergence of Organizations and Markets, edited by John Padgett and Walter Powell. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Peirce, Charles. 1931[1898]. Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce. Vol 5. Edited by C.

Hartshorne and P Weiss. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press. Peirce, Charles. 1933. “Lectures on Pragmatism.” Pp.169-185 in Collected Papers, Vol 5, edited

by Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Picchi, Debra. 1992. “Lessons in Introductory Anthropology from the Bakairi Indians.” Pp. 144-

155, in The Naked Anthropologist, edited by P.R. DeVita. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing.

Polanyi, Michael. 1967. The Tacit Dimension. Garden City, NY: Doubleday Anchor Book. Pollack, Sydney. 2006. Sketches of Frank Gehry. [DVD] Los Angeles, CA Sony Pictures Home

Entertainment. Powell, Walter, Kenneth Koput and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1996. “Interorganizational

Collaboration and the Locus of Innovation: Networks of Learning in Biotechnology.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41(1):116-145.

Quinn, James. 1985 “Managing Innovation: Controlled Chaos.” Harvard Business Review May-

June: 73-84.

Page 198: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

190

Raney, Colin and Ryan Jacoby. 2013. “Decisions by Design: Stop Deciding, Start Designing.” Pp. 122-127 in Rotman on Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University Press.

Rittel, Horst and Melvin Webber. 1973. “Dilemmas in a General Theory of Planning.” Policy

Sciences 4:155-169. Rittel, Horst. 1987. “The Reasoning of Designers.” International Congress on Planning and

Design Theory Boston, MA. Robinson, Jancis. 2000. How to Taste: A Guide to Enjoying Wine. New York, NY: Simon and

Schuster. Rodriguez, Diego and Ryan Jacoby. 2013.“Embracing Risk to Learn, Grow and Innovate.” Pp.

128-133 in Rotman on Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University Press.

Rottenberg, Sarah and Isabel O’Meara. 2013.“The Art of Looking.” Pp. 172-177 in Rotman on

Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University Press. Schneiderhan, Erik. 2011. “Pragmatism and Empirical Sociology: The Case of Jane Addams and

Hull-House, 1889-1895.” Theory and Society:40:589-617. Schneiderhan, Erik. 2013. “Genocide Reconsidered: A Pragmatist Approach.” Journal for the

Theory of Social Behavior 43(3):280-300. Schön, Donald. 1983. The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. New

York, NY: Basic Books. Schensul, Jean and Margarete LeCompte. 1999. Ethnographer’s Toolkit. Palo Alto, CA:

Altamira Press. Schumpeter, Joseph. 1934. The Theory of Economic Development. New York, NY: Oxford

University Press. Simonton, Dean Keith. 2015. “Thomas Edison’s Creative Career: The Multilayered Trajectory of

Trials, Error, Failure, and Triumphs.” Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts 9(1):2-14.

Smith, Douglas and Robert Alexander. 1988. Fumbling the Future: How XEROX Invented, then

Ignored, the First Personal Computer. New York, NY: Morrow. Spradley, James. 1980. Participant Observation. New York, NY: Rinehart and Winston. Stark, David. 2009. The Sense of Dissonance: Accounts of Worth in Economic Life. Princeton,

NJ: Princeton University Press.

Page 199: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

191

Suri, Jane Fulton. 2013. “Informing our intuition: Design Research for Radical Innovation.” Pp. 111-115 in Rotman on Design, edited by Roger Martin and Karen Christensen. Toronto, ON: University Press.

Sutton, Robert, and Andrew Hargadon. 1996. “Brainstorming Groups in Context: Effectiveness

in a Product Design Firm. Administrative Science Quarterly 41(4):685-718. Swan, Jack, Harry Scarbrough, and Maxine Robertson. 2002. “The Construction of

‘Communities of Practice’ in the Management of Innovation.” Management Learning 33(4):477-496.

Swedberg, Richard. 2011. “Theorizing in Sociology and Social Science: Turning to the Context

of Discovery.” Theory and Society 41:1-40. Swedberg, Richard. 2016. “Before Theory Comes Theorizing or How to Make Social Science

More Interesting.” The British Journal of Sociology 67(1):5-22. Sydow, Jorg, Lars Lindkvist and Robert DeFillippi. 2004. “Project-Based Organizations,

Embeddedness and Repositories of Knowledge.” Organization Studies 25(9):1475-1489. Tilly, Charles. 2002. Stories, Identities, and Political Change. Lanham, MD: Rowman &

Littlefield. Tilly, Charles. 2006. Why. Princeton, NY: Princeton University Press. Tschumi, Bernard. 2001. Architecture and Disjunction. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Tushman, Michael and Philip Anderson. 1986. “Technological Discontinuities and

Organizational Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 31(3):439-465. Uzzi, Brian and Jarrett Spiro. 2005. “Collaboration and Creativity: The Small World Problem.”

American Journal of Sociology 111(2):447-504. Van de Ven, Andrew. 1986. “Central Problems in the Management of Innovation.” Management

Science 32(5):590-607. Van Maanen, John. 2011. Tales Of The Field: On Writing Ethnography. Chicago, IL: The

University of Chicago Press. Vaughan, Diane. 2002. “Signals and Interpretive Work: The Role of Culture in a Theory of

Practical Action.” In Culture in Mind: Towards a Sociology of Culture and Cognition edited by Karen Cerulo. New York, NY: Routledge.

Vaughan, Diane. 2004. “Theorizing Disaster: Analogy, Historical Ethnography, and the

Challenger Accident.” Ethnography 5(3):315:347. Vedres, Balázs and David Stark. 2010. “Structural Folds: Generative Disruption in Overlapping

Groups.” American Journal of Sociology

Page 200: Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain ......Innovative by Design: How Organizations Can Sustain Continual Innovation in Highly Competitive Markets Andreas Hoffbauer Doctor

192

Venturi, Robert. 2002. Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture. New York, NY: The

Museum of Modern Art. Vidler, Anthony. 1992. The Architectural Uncanny: Essays in The Modern Unhomely.

Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. von Hippel, Erik. 1994. ““Sticky Information” and the Locus of Problem Solving: Implications

for Innovation.” Management Science 40(4):429-439. Walsh, James and Gerardo Ungson. 1991. “Organizational Memory.” The Academy of

Management Review 16(1):57-91. Wegner, Daniel, Ralph Erber, and Paula Raymon. 1991. “Transactive Memory in Close

Relationships.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 61(6):923-929. Wegner, Daniel. 1986. “Transactive Memory: A Contemporary Analysis of the Group Mind.”

Pp. 185-208 in Theories of Group Behavior, edited by Brian Mullen and George Gothals. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag.

Whitford, Josh. 2002. “Pragmatism and the Untenable Dualism of Means and Ends: Why

Rational Choice Theory Does Not Deserve Paradigmatic Privilege.” Theory and Society 31(3):325-363.

Windeler, Arnold and Jorg Sydow. 2001. “Project networks and changing industry practices:

collaborative content production in the German television industry.” Organization Studies 22(6):1035-1060.

Wuchty, Stefan, Benjamin Jones, and Brian Uzzi. 2007. “The Increasing Dominance of Teams in

Production of Knowledge.” Science 316:1036-1039. Zahle, Julie. 2012. “Practical Knowledge and Participant Observation.” Inquiry 55:50-65. Zander, Udo, and Bruce Kogut. 1995. “Knowledge and the Speed of the Transfer and Imitation

of Organizational Capabilities: An Empirical Test.” Organization Science 6(1):76-92. Zerubavel, Eviatar. 1997. Social Mindscapes: An Invitation to Cognitive Sociology. Cambridge,

Mass.: Harvard University Press.